Downer EDI Limited/Announcement
Downer EDI Limited logo

Annual Report to shareholders

Annual Report15 August 2018DOWIndustrials

Page 1 of 1

16 August 2018



Company Announcements Office

ASX Limited

Exchange Centre

Level 4, 20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000




Dear Sir/Madam


Please find attached the following documents:

1. Appendix 4E – results for announcement to the market for the year ended 30 June 2018;

2. 2018 Annual Report;

3. Market release dated 16 August 2018;

4. Investor Presentation; and

5. Appendix 4G – Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Principles and

Recommendations.


Yours sincerely,

Downer EDI Limited


Peter Tompkins

Company Secretary


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com

Results for announcement to the market
for the year ended 30 June 2018

Appendix 4E

2018

2017

%

$'m

$'m

change

Revenue from ordinary activitie

s12,016.6 7,267.1

Other income14.3 20.3

Total revenue and other income from ordinary activitie

s12,030.9 7,287.4 65.1%

Total revenue including joint ventures and other income 12,620.2 7,812.3 61.5%

204.8 277.8 (26.3%)

271.5 285.2 (4.8%)

71.4 181.5 (60.7%)

117.9 186.6 (36.8%)

2018

2017

%

cents

cents

change

Basic earnings per shar

e10.7 35.8 (70.1%)

Diluted earnings per share

(i)

10.7 35.0 (69.4%)

Net tangible asset backing per ordinary share

(ii)

26.0 93.4 (72.2%)

(i)

At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

Dividend20182017

FinalFinal

Dividend per share (cents)14.012.0

Franked amount per share (cents)7.012.0

Conduit foreign income (CFI)50

% -

Dividend record dat

e30/08/201812/09/2017

Dividend payable date27/09/201810/10/2017

Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)4.01 4.28

New Zealand imputation credit percentage per ROADS 100

%100%

ROADS payment dat

eQuarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4

Instalment date FY201

815/09/201715/12/201715/03/201815/06/2018

Instalment date FY201715/09/201615/12/201615/03/201715/06/2017

For commentary on the results for the year and review of operations, please refer to the Directors' Report and separate

media release attached.

Earnings before interest and tax

Profit from ordinary activities after tax before amortisation of acquired

intangible assets (NPATA)

Downer EDI's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) has been suspended.

Earnings before interest and tax and amortisation of acquired intangible

assets (EBITA)

Profit from ordinary activities after tax attributable to members of the

parent entity

(ii)

June 2017 balance was restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening

balances.

Annual
Report

2018

SCHOOL

HOSPITAL

HOTEL

LAUNDRYCLEANOGAS CO

This Annual Report includes
the Downer EDI Limited

Directors’ Report, the

Annual Financial Report and

Independent Audit Report

for the financial year ended

30 June 2018. The Annual

Report is available on

the Downer website

www.downergroup.com.

Annual Report 2018 1
Contents

Directors’ Report

Page 2

Auditor’s signed reports

Page 52 Auditor’s Independence Declaration

Page 53 Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 65 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 66-67

B

Business

performance

Page 68-77

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 78-87

D

Employee

benefits

Page 88

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 89-95

F

Group

structure

Page 96-106

G

Other

Page 107-120

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and

cash equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Profit from

ordinary activities

C2

Trade and other

receivables

D2

Key management

personnel

compensation

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Earnings per share

C3

Rendering of

services and

construction

contracts

D3

Employee discount

share plan

E3

Commitments

F3

Disposal of

business

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Taxation

C4

Inventories

E4

Issued capital

F4

Controlled entities

B5

Remuneration

of auditors

C5

Trade and other

payables

E5

Reserves

F5

Related party

information

B6

Subsequent events

C6

Property, plant

and equipment

E6

Dividends

F6

Parent entity

disclosures

C7

Intangible assets

C8

Provisions

C9

Contingent

liabilities

Page 121 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 122 Sustainability Performance Summary 2018

Page 127 Corporate Governance

Page 136 Information for Investors

2 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report

for the year ended 30 June 2018

The Directors of Downer EDI Limited submit the Annual

Financial Report of the Company for the financial year

ended 30 June 2018. In compliance with the provisions

of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), the Directors’ Report

is set out below.

Board of Directors

R M HARDING (69)

Chairman since November 2010, Independent

Non‑executive Director since July 2008

Mr Harding has held management positions around the world

with British Petroleum (BP), including President and General

Manager of BP Exploration Australia.

Mr Harding is currently the Chairman of Lynas Limited and a

Director of Cleanaway Waste Management Limited, a former

Chairman of Roc Oil Company Limited and Clough Limited

and a former Director of Santos Limited.

Mr Harding holds a Masters in Science, majoring in

Mechanical Engineering.

Mr Harding lives in Sydney.

G A FENN (53)

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer since

July 2010

Mr Fenn has over 30 years’ experience in operational

management, strategic development and financial management.

He joined Downer in October 2009 as Chief Financial Officer and

was appointed Chief Executive Officer in July 2010.

He was previously a member of the Qantas Executive

Committee, holding a number of senior roles over 14 years,

as well as Chairman of Star Track Express and a Director of

Australian Air Express. He worked at KPMG for eight years

before he joined Qantas.

Mr Fenn is currently a Director of Sydney Airport Limited

and Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a Member of the

UTS Engineering and IT Industry Advisory Board.

Mr Fenn holds a Bachelor of Economics from Macquarie

University and is a member of the Australian Institute of

Chartered Accountants.

Mr Fenn lives in Sydney.

S A CHAPLAIN (60)

Independent Non‑executive Director since July 2008

Ms Chaplain is a former investment banker with extensive

experience in public and private sector debt financing. She also

has considerable experience as a Director of local and state

government-owned corporations involved in road, water and

port infrastructure.

Ms Chaplain is Chairman of Queensland Airports Limited and a

Director of Seven Group Holdings Limited. Ms Chaplain is also

Chairman of Canstar Pty Ltd, a financial services research and

ratings company and a Director of Credible Labs Inc and The

Australian Ballet. Her former board roles include being a member

of the Board of Taxation, a Director of EFIC, Australia’s export

credit agency and a Director of PanAust .

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors,

Ms Chaplain holds a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in

Economics and Mandarin from Griffith University in addition to

a Masters of Business Administration (MBA) from the University

of Melbourne. She holds an honorary doctorate from Griffith

University for her service to banking and finance, and to the

Gold Coast community.

Ms Chaplain lives on the Gold Coast.

P S GARLING (64)

Independent Non‑executive Director since November 2011

Mr Garling has over 35 years’ experience in the infrastructure,

construction, development and investment sectors. He was

the Global Head of Infrastructure at AMP Capital Investors,

a role he held for nine years. Prior to this, Mr Garling was CEO

of Tenix Infrastructure and a long-term senior executive at the

Lend Lease Group, including five years as CEO of Lend Lease

Capital Services.

Mr Garling is currently the Chairman of Tellus Holdings Limited,

Energy Queensland Limited and Newcastle Coal Infrastructure

Group and a Director of Charter Hall Limited and the NSW

electricity distributor, Essential Energy. He is a former Director of

Spotless Group Holdings Limited and a past President of Water

Polo Australia Limited.

Mr Garling holds a Bachelor of Building from the University of

New South Wales and the Advanced Diploma from the Australian

Institute of Company Directors. He is a Fellow of the Australian

Institute of Building, Australian Institute of Company Directors

and Institution of Engineers Australia.

Mr Garling lives in Sydney.

Annual Report 2018 3
T G HANDICOTT (55)

Independent Non‑executive Director since September 2016

Ms Handicott is a former corporate lawyer with over 30 years’

experience in mergers and acquisitions, capital markets and

corporate governance. She was a partner of national law firm

Corrs Chambers Westgarth for 22 years, serving as a member

of its National Board for seven years including four years

as National Chairman. She also has extensive experience in

governance of local and state government organisations.

Ms Handicott is currently the Chairman of listed company

PWR Holdings Limited and a Director of LGE Holding Company

Pty Ltd trading as Peak Services, which is the subsidiary of the

Local Government Association of Queensland that is responsible

for its commercial operations. Ms Handicott is also a Director

of Bangarra Dance Theatre Limited and a Divisional Councillor

of the Queensland Division of the Australian Institute of

Company Directors.

Ms Handicott is a former Director of CS Energy Limited, a former

member of the Queensland University of Technology (QUT)

Council, the Takeovers Panel and Corporations and Markets

Advisory Committee and a former Associate Member of the

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission.

A Senior Fellow of Finsia and Member of the Australian Institute

of Company Directors and Chief Executive Women, Ms Handicott

holds a Bachelor of Laws (Hons) degree from the Queensland

University of Technology.

Ms Handicott lives in Brisbane.

N M HOLLOWS (47)

Independent Non‑executive Director since June 2018

Ms Hollows has over 20 years’ experience in the resources

sector in a number of senior managerial roles across both the

public and private sectors, including in mining, utilities and rail.

Her experience spans operational management, accounting

and finance, mergers and acquisitions, capital management

and corporate governance.

Ms Hollows is currently the Chief Executive Officer of SunWater

Limited, a Queensland Government owned corporation. She is

the Chair of The Salvation Army Brisbane Red Shield Appeal

Committee and an advisory committee member of the Salvation

Army Queensland Advisory Council and also a board member of

the Water Services Association of Australia and a member of the

CEO Advisory Committee for Dean of Queensland University of

Technology Business School.

She was formerly the Chief Financial Officer and subsequently

Chief Executive Officer of Macarthur Coal Limited, Managing

Director of AMCI Australia and South East Asia and Interim Chair

of Queensland Rail Limited.

A Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors

and a Member of Chief Executive Women and the Institute

of Chartered Accountants, Ms Hollows holds a Bachelor of

Business – Accounting and a Graduate Diploma in Advanced

Accounting (Distinction) from the Queensland University of

Technology and is a Graduate of Harvard Business School’s

Program for Management Development.

Ms Hollows lives in Brisbane.

C G THORNE (68)

Independent Non‑executive Director since July 2010

Dr Thorne has over 36 years’ experience in the mining and

extraction industry, specifically in senior operational and

executive roles with Rio Tinto. His experience spanned a range

of product groups and functional activities in Australia and

overseas. After serving in London as Group Mining Executive

from 1996 to 1998, Dr Thorne moved to Indonesia as President

Director of Kaltim Prima Coal and then returned to Australia

to manage Rio Tinto’s Australian coal business as Managing

Director of Rio Tinto Coal Australia and the publicly listed Coal

and Allied Industries. He was President of the Queensland

Resources Council in 2001-2003.

In 2006, Dr Thorne was appointed global head of Rio Tinto’s

technology, innovation and project engineering functions,

reporting to the Chief Executive. He was a member of Rio Tinto’s

Executive Committee and Investment Committee. He retired

from Rio Tinto in 2011.

Dr Thorne is a Director of Spotless Group Holdings Limited and

a former Director of Wesley Research Institute, JK Tech and

Queensland Energy Resources Limited. He is a Fellow of the

Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Dr Thorne also holds directorships with a number of

private companies.

He holds Bachelor and Doctoral degrees in Metallurgy from the

University of Queensland and is a Graduate of the Australian

Institute of Company Directors.

Dr Thorne lives on the Sunshine Coast.

4 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Directors’ shareholdings

The following table sets out each Director’s relevant interest (direct and indirect) in shares, debentures, and rights or options in shares

or debentures (if any) of the Company at the date of this report. No Director has any relevant interest in shares, debentures and rights

or options in shares or debentures, of a related body corporate as at the date of this report.

Director

Number of Fully Paid

Ordinary Shares

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Rights

Number of Fully Paid

Performance Options

R M Harding14,210––

G A Fenn

1

1,164,2031, 5 47,403–

S A Chaplain103,799––

P S Garling16,940––

T G Handicott14,000––

N M Hollows–––

C G Thorne82,922––

1 Performance rights granted to Mr Fenn are subject to performance and/or service period conditions over the period 2015 to 2020. Further details regarding the conditions

relating to these restricted shares and performance rights are outlined in sections 6.4 and 9.2 of the Remuneration Report.

Company Secretary

The Company Secretarial function is responsible for ensuring that

the Company complies with its statutory duties and maintains

proper documentation, registers and records. It also provides

advice to Directors and officers about corporate governance

and gives practical effect to any decisions made by the Board.

Mr Peter Tompkins was appointed Company Secretary on

27 July 2011. He has qualifications in law and commerce

from Deakin University and corporate governance from the

Governance Institute of Australia and is an admitted solicitor

in New South Wales. Mr Tompkins joined Downer in 2008

and was appointed General Counsel in 2010.

Mr Peter Lyons was appointed joint Company Secretary on

27 July 2011. A member of CPA Australia and the Governance

Institute of Australia, he has qualifications in commerce from

the University of Western Sydney and corporate governance

from the Governance Institute of Australia. Mr Lyons was

previously Deputy Company Secretary and has been in

financial and secretarial roles at Downer for over 15 years.

Review of operations

Principal Activities

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) is a leading provider of integrated

services in Australia and New Zealand. Downer exists to create

and sustain the modern environment and its promise is to work

closely with its customers to help them succeed, using world

leading insights and solutions to design, build and sustain

assets, infrastructure and facilities. Downer employs about

56,000 people, mostly in Australia and New Zealand but also

in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and Southern Africa.

Downer reports its results under six service lines and an outline

of each service line is as follows:

Annual Report 2018 5
Transport

Transport comprises Downer’s road, transport infrastructure,

bridge, airport and port businesses. It features a broad range

of transport infrastructure services including earthworks, civil

construction, asset management, maintenance, surfacing and

stabilisation, supply of bituminous products and logistics, open

space and facilities management and rail track signalling and

electrification works.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

Transport

EBITA

2

(FY18)

22.3%25.3%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Road Services

Downer offers one of the largest non-government owned road

infrastructure services businesses in Australia and New Zealand,

maintaining more than 33,000 kilometres of road in Australia and

more than 25,000 kilometres in New Zealand.

Downer delivers a wide range of tailored pavement treatments

and traffic control services and also provides high-level

capabilities in strategic and tactical asset management, network

planning and intelligent transport systems. The Company

continues to invest in state-of-the-art technology to drive

innovation and performance, including asphalt plants that use

more recycled products and substantially less energy.

Downer is also a leading manufacturer and supplier of bitumen

based products and a provider of soil and pavement stabilisation,

pressure injection stabilisation, pavement recycling, pavement

profiling, spray sealing and asset management.

Downer’s Road Services customers include all of Australia’s

State Road Authorities, the New Zealand Transport Agency and

the majority of local government councils and authorities in

both countries.

Other transport infrastructure

Other transport infrastructure includes rail construction, light rail

construction, rail systems, transport mechanical and electrical

construction, car park construction, airport pavements, port

construction and associated maintenance services.

Utilities

The Utilities division provides complete lifecycle solutions

to customers in the power, gas, water, renewable energy and

communications sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

Utilities

EBITA

2

(FY18)

14.1%16.8%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Power and Gas

Downer offers customers a wide range of services including

planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining,

managing and decommissioning power and gas network assets.

Downer maintains over 110,000 kilometres of electricity and

gas networks across more than 185,000 square kilometres

and connects tens of thousands of new power and gas

customers each year for customers across all States of Australia

and both islands in New Zealand. Downer also designs and

constructs steel lattice transmission towers, designs and builds

substations, and maintains large and complex power and gas

reticulation networks.

Customers include AusNet, ElectraNet, Transgrid, Powerco,

Wellington Electricity and Powerlink.

Water

Downer provides complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal

and industrial water users, with expertise including waste and

waste water treatment, pumping and water transfer, desalination,

water re-use, abstraction and dewatering.

Downer supports its customers across the full asset lifecycle

from the conceptual development of a project through design,

construction, commissioning and optimisation. Downer

purchased ITS Pipetech in March 2017 and its principal activities

include pipe bursting, civil maintenance and robotics. Downer

also operates and maintains treatment, storage, pump stations

and network assets.

Customers include Auckland Council, Invercargill City Council,

Logan City Council, Mackay Regional Council, Melbourne Water,

Queensland Urban Utilities, Tauranga City Council, Yarra Valley

Water, Wagga Wagga City Council, Watercare and Horowhenua

Council (Alliance).

6 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Renewable energy

Downer is one of Australia’s largest and most experienced

providers in the renewable energy market, offering design, build

and maintenance services for wind farms and solar farms.

Downer offers the services required for the entire asset lifecycle

including procurement, assembly, construction, commissioning

and maintenance.

Communications

Downer provides an end-to-end infrastructure service

offering comprising feasibility, design, civil construction,

network construction, commissioning, testing, operations and

maintenance across fibre, copper and radio networks in Australia

and New Zealand.

Customers include nbn™, Telstra, Chorus, Spark,

Enable and Vodafone.

Spotless

Spotless operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides

outsourced facility services, catering and laundry services,

technical and engineering services, maintenance and

asset management services and refrigeration solutions to

various industries.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

Spotless

EBITA

2

(FY18)

24.6%29.6%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Spotless employs about 36,000 people who deliver services

to customers in a diverse range of industry sectors including:

defence; education; government; healthcare; senior living; sports

and venues; resources; leisure and hospitality; airports; industrial;

commercial; property; utilities and public private partnerships.

Spotless owns a number of businesses including AE Smith,

Alliance, Asset Services, Ensign, EPICURE, Clean Event, Clean

Domain, Mustard, Nuvo, Skilltech, Taylors, TGS, UAM and UASG.

Its customers include corporations and government

departments, agencies and authorities at the Federal, State and

Municipal level.

Infrastructure & Construction

Spotless provides M&E and HVAC services to customers in

markets including health, education, commercial & industrial,

defence, justice and transport.

Its AE Smith and Nuvo businesses provide services across

the asset lifecycle from design through to commissioning, fine-

tuning and maintenance to more than 2,000 commercial facilities

in Australia and New Zealand.

Key customers include Probuild, Watpac, Lendlease, John Holland,

Crown Casino, Honeywell and Melbourne University.

Government

Spotless provides integrated facilities management, business

process outsourcing, and operational support to a range of

government customers.

Key customers include NSW Department of Education, Victorian

Department of Education, SA Department of Planning, Transport

and Infrastructure, SA Health, The Housing Authority of WA and

Children’s Health Partnership.

Hospitality & Facilities Management

Spotless provides integrated facilities management services to

customers in markets including aged care, education, healthcare,

airports, business and industry, hospitality, retail, stadia,

functions, and special events.

Key customers include Melbourne Cricket Club, Virgin Airlines,

Taronga Zoo, Brisbane City Hall, Emirates, and The Kings School.

Laundries

Spotless provides linen and garment services to social

infrastructure, industry, accommodation and resources

customers in Australia and New Zealand, with 16 laundries

processing more than 100,000 tonnes of laundry a year.

Key customers include Ramsay Health, HealthScope, WA Health,

SA Health, St John of God, and Inghams.

Defence

Spotless delivers a range of facilities and asset management

services for the Australian Government Department of Defence

and the New Zealand Defence Force. These services include

management services, cleaning and housekeeping, estate

upkeep, pest and vermin control and treatment, reprographic

services, sport and recreation, training area and range services,

and transport and air operations.

Key customers include the Australian Department of Defence

and NZ Defence Force.

Annual Report 2018 7
Rail

Downer is Australia’s leading provider of passenger rolling

stock asset management services, delivering reliable and safe

services to the fast-growing and dynamic public transport sector.

Downer partners with its customers to deliver solutions across all

transport domains including heavy rail, electric and diesel trains,

light rail, bus and multi-modal transport solutions.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

Rail

EBITA

2

(FY18)

9.3%6.9%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Downer’s track record spans across project management

services, engineering design, systems engineering, supply chain

engagement, systems integration, manufacturing, logistics,

testing, commissioning, asset management, fleet maintenance,

rail infrastructure design and construction, and through-life-

support and operations.

In November 2017, Downer entered an agreement to sell its

freight rail business to Progress Rail. The sale was completed

on 2 January 2018.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is Australia’s largest private

provider of multi-modal public transport solutions, with contracts

to operate and maintain Yarra Trams in Melbourne, the Gold

Coast light rail system in Queensland, and a new integrated

public transport system for the city of Newcastle in NSW.

Keolis Downer is also one of Australia’s most significant bus

operators with operations in South Australia, Western Australia

and Queensland. Keolis Downer provides more than 210 million

passenger trips each year.

Downer’s Rail customers include Sydney Trains, Transport for

NSW, Public Transport Authority (WA), Metro Trains Melbourne,

Public Transport Victoria, and Queensland Rail.

Downer is currently working on the Sydney Growth Trains (SGT)

project in New South Wales and the High Capacity Metro Trains

(HCMT) project in Victoria.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

Downer works with customers in the public and private sectors

delivering services including design, engineering, construction,

maintenance and ongoing management of critical assets.

The EC&M service line includes Hawkins, which Downer

acquired in March 2017. Hawkins delivers a range of non-

residential building services across a variety of sectors.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

EC&M

EBITA

2

(FY18)

19.0%12.5%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Multi-disciplined teams project manage and self-execute a

wide range of services for greenfield and brownfield projects

across a range of industry sectors including: oil and gas; power

generation; commercial / non-residential; iron ore; coal; and

industrial materials. These services are delivered on complex

resources and industrial sites as well as commercial operations

with critical infrastructure requirements such as data centres,

airport facilities and hospitals.

Downer supports customers across all stages of the project

lifecycle with services including:

–feasibility studies;

–engineering design;

–civil works;

–structural, mechanical and piping;

–electrical and instrumentation;

–mineral process equipment design and manufacture;

–commissioning;

–maintenance;

–shutdowns, turnarounds and outages;

–strategic asset management; and

–decommissioning.

Customers include Alcoa, Bechtel, BHP Billiton, Chevron,

Newcrest, Orica, Origin Energy, Powerlink Queensland, Rio Tinto,

Santos, Wesfarmers, Christchurch City and Auckland Councils,

Auckland University, Auckland and Wellington Airports and the

Ministry of Education in New Zealand.

8 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Mining

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified mining

contractors serving its customers across more than

50 sites in Australia, Papua New Guinea, South America and

Southern Africa.

Total revenue

1

(FY18)

Mining

EBITA

2

(FY18)

10.8%8.9%

1 Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue, other income

and notional revenue from joint ventures and other alliances not proportionately

consolidated. Due to rounding, divisional percentages do not add up precisely

to 100%.

2 Downer calculates EBITA by adjusting EBIT to add back acquired intangibles

amortisation expense.

Downer’s Mining division generates its revenues primarily

from open cut mining and blasting services, with contributions

also from tyre management and underground mining.

Downer supports its customers at all stages of the mining

lifecycle including:

–asset management;

–blasting services, explosives manufacture and supply;

–civil projects (mine site infrastructure);

–crushing;

–exploration drilling;

–mine closure and mine site rehabilitation;

–mobile plant maintenance;

–open cut mining;

–training and development for ATSI employees;

–tyre management (through the subsidiary Otraco

International); and

–underground mining.

Customers include BHP Mitsubishi Alliance, Roy Hill Iron Ore,

Glencore, Karara Mining, Millmerran Power Partners, Newmarket

Gold, Newmont, Rio Tinto, Stanwell Corporation, OZ Minerals and

Yancoal Australia.

Group Financial Performance

On 27 June 2017, the Group’s ownership interest in Spotless

Group Holdings Limited (Spotless) exceeded 50%, requiring

the consolidation of Spotless’ financial statements from that time.

The Group’s offer for the remaining shares of Spotless closed

on 28 August 2017. As a result of the acquisition, Downer owns

87.8% of Spotless.


The Group financial performance

includes a full-year contribution from Spotless for the year

ended 30 June 2018.

The main features of the result for the 12 months ended

30 June 2018 were:

–Total revenue of $12.6 billion, up 61.5%;

–Underlying earnings before interest, tax and amortisation of

acquired intangible assets (EBITA) of $479.6 million, up 68.2%

from $285.2 million;

–Statutory EBITA of $271.5 million, down from $285.2 million;

–Statutory earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) of

$204.8 million, down from $277.8 million;

–Individually Significant Items (ISI) recognised in EBIT in the

period of $208.1 million ($178.6 million after tax);

–Underlying net profit after tax and before amortisation of

acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of $296.5 million, up

58.9% from $186.6 million;

–Statutory NPATA of $117.9 million, down from

$186.6 million; and

–Statutory net profit after tax (NPAT) of $71.1 million.

During the period, the Group identified Individually Significant

Items totalling $178.6 million after tax including:

–$76.4 million Mining goodwill impairment;

–$40.6 million loss on divestment of freight rail;

–$17.5 million unsuccessful Auburn rail claim;

–$20.0 million Divisional merger costs; and

–$24.1 million related to Spotless management redundancies,

transaction costs and residual Strategy Reset costs.

Details of the ISI are disclosed in Note B2(b) of the

Financial Report.

Annual Report 2018 9
Revenue

Total revenue for the Group increased by $4.8 billion, or 61.5%,

to $12.6 billion.

Transport revenue increased by 30.8% to $2.8 billion due to

continuing strong performance by the Roads business in

Australia and New Zealand, and ongoing investment in transport

projects in Australia.

Utilities revenue increased by 17.5% to $1.8 billion, due to

continuing strong contributions from nbn™ contracts in Australia

as well as new renewable energy projects.

Spotless revenue for the 12 months was $3.1 billion. The major

contributors to this result were Government-related contracts

in the defence, health and education sectors, Public Private

Partnerships (PPPs), construction projects and lifecycle

maintenance contracts.

Rail revenue increased by 37.5% to $1.2 billion driven by the

Sydney Growth Trains and High Capacity Metro Trains projects

as well as continued strong performance on the Waratah

maintenance contract. This result was achieved despite the

divestment of the freight rail business. A significant portion

of the increase relates to pass-through revenue to the

manufacturing construction partner on Sydney Growth Trains.

EC&M revenue increased by 19.9% to $2.4 billion as a result

of increased activities on the Ichthys project in the Northern

Territory and a full year contribution from Hawkins. This increase

was partially offset by a reduction in activities on the Gorgon and

Wheatstone projects in Western Australia.

Mining revenue increased by 4.5% to $1.4 billion, mainly due to

increased activities at Roy Hill and Goonyella and contributions

from JVs and new contracts. These partially offset the

completion of the Boggabri contract in the first half and the

Christmas Creek contract in FY17.

Expenses

Total expenses increased by 68.5% and include $208.1 million

of Individually Significant Items (ISIs). Excluding these ISIs, total

expenses increased 65.6% as explained below.

Employee benefits expenses increased by 44.7%, or $1.2 billion,

to $4.0 billion and represent 34.0% of Downer’s cost base. This

increase is mainly due to Spotless’ contribution ($1.1 billion),

higher activity across the Group and a more labour intensive

contract base compared to the prior period. Included in

employee expenses is $23.4 million of pre-tax ISIs in relation to

divisional merger costs and Spotless transition-related costs as

described in Note B2(b) in the Financial Report.

Subcontractor costs increased by $2.0 billion to $3.8 billion

and represent 31.9% of Downer’s cost base. This increase is as

a result of Spotless’ contribution ($1.1 billion), higher contract

activities and the change in the subcontractor mix on some

contracts during the period.

Raw materials and consumables costs increased by 62.1% to

$2.2 billion and represent 18.6% of Downer’s cost base.

The increase is the net impact of raw material requirements for

new projects (particularly in Transport, Utilities and Rail) and

Spotless’ contribution ($421.8 million); partially offset by lower

requirements as a result of the completion of contracts in Mining.

Plant and equipment costs increased by 34.7% to $677.1 million

and represent 5.7% of Downer’s cost base. This largely reflects

the Spotless contribution and the increased activity in Transport.

The lower increase in plant and equipment costs compared to

other types of expenses reflects a less capital intensive business.

Depreciation and amortisation increased by 68.1% or

$150.0 million to $370.2 million and represents 3.1% of Downer’s

cost base. This increase is predominantly from Spotless’

contribution and from additional $59.3 million in amortisation

on acquired intangible assets following several acquisitions,

including Spotless.

Other expenses, which include communication, travel,

occupancy, professional fees costs and ISIs, have increased by

86.0% to $788.5 million and represent 6.7% of Downer’s cost

base. Included in other expenses is $184.7 million of pre-tax ISIs,

comprising $76.4 million Mining impairment, $50.2 million from

the divestment of freight rail, $25.0 million unsuccessful Auburn

rail claim costs, $15.8 million divisional merger costs including

surplus lease provision and asset write-offs and $17.3 million of

transaction costs related to Spotless.

10 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Earnings

Underlying EBITA for the Group increased by 68.2% to $479.6 million, as a result of 12 months Spotless contribution and the increase

in EBITA achieved by Transport, Utilities, Rail and EC&M, partially offset by Mining. Spotless’ EBITA contribution for the 12 months was

$167.7 million.

Underlying NPATA for the Group increased by 58.9% to $296.5 million.

Underlying NPAT for the Group increased by 37.6% to $249.7 million.

Statutory NPAT for the Group was $71.1 million, including $178.6 million of ISIs.

A reconciliation of the underlying result to the statutory result is set out below.

FY18

$mEBIT

Net

interest

expense

Ta x

expenseN PAT

Add back:

Amortisation

of acquired

intangible

assetsN PATA

Underlying result412 .9(76.3)(86.9)249.746.8296.5

Loss on divestment of freight rail(50.2)–9.6(4 0. 6)–(4 0. 6)

Mining goodwill impairment( 76 .4)––( 76 .4)–( 76 .4)

Auburn Rail claim(25.0)–7. 5(17. 5)–(17. 5)

Spotless integration costs( 7. 3)–2.0(5.3)–(5.3)

Spotless Management redundancies

and integration costs(9.4)(3.3)3.0(9.7)–(9.7)

Spotless residual Strategy Reset costs(11.3)(1.5)3.7(9.1)–(9.1)

Divisional merger costs(28.5)–8.5(20.0)–(20.0)

Individually Significant Items(208.1)(4 . 8)34.3(178.6)–(178.6)

Statutory result204.8(81.1)(52.6)71.146.8117.9

Transport EBITA increased by 14.4% to $142.9 million due to continued strong performance across Australia and New Zealand and good

progress on infrastructure projects in Australia.

Utilities EBITA increased by 12.7% to $94.8 million, driven by the strong performance from nbn™ contracts in Australia, as well as full year

contributions from the acquisitions of UrbanGrid and ITS PipeTech.

Spotless’ underlying EBITA contribution was $167.7 million mainly driven by Government related contracts and PPPs.

Rail EBITA increased by 29.4% to $39.2 million, reflecting profit contributions from the SGT and HCMT projects (which made immaterial

contributions in the prior period).

EC&M EBITA increased by 34.2% to $70.6 million due to 12 months’ contribution from Hawkins in New Zealand and the acquisitions

of AGIS and Envista. There were strong performances on Australian gas projects and by the Operations Maintenance and Services

business. The Mineral Technologies business increased revenue and returned to profitability during the year.

Mining EBITA decreased by $33.0 million to $50.4 million predominantly due to the completion of contracts at Christmas

Creek and Boggabri.

Corporate costs increased by $9.3 million, or 12.1%, to $86.0 million mainly due to investment in governance and risk management

functions following the acquisition of Spotless.

Net finance costs increased by $54.3 million to $81.1 million due to $43.4 million additional interest from Spotless (nil in pcp),

incremental interest incurred following the acquisition of an additional 22% interest in Spotless and lower interest income contribution.

The underlying effective tax rate is 25.8% which is lower than the statutory rate of 30.0% due to the impact of non-assessable R&D tax

incentives, non-taxable distributions from joint ventures and lower overseas tax rates (e.g. New Zealand). The statutory effective tax

rate is 42.5% mainly as a result of the impact of ISIs including non-deductible goodwill impairment associated with Mining.

Annual Report 2018 11
Divisional Financial Performance

Transport

($m)(%)

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

EBITA marginRevenue

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

–Total revenue of $2.8 billion, up 30.8%;

–EBITA of $142.9 million, up 14.4%;

–EBITA margin of 5.1%, down 0.7ppts;

–ROFE

1

of 24.2%, up from 22.2%; and

–Work-in-hand of $7.4 billion.

Utilities

($m)(%)

EBITA marginRevenue

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

–Total revenue of $1,783.0 million, up 17.5%;

–EBITA of $94.8 million, up 12.7%;

–EBITA margin of 5.3%, down 0.2ppts;

–ROFE

1

of 26.1%, up from 22.7%; and

–Work-in-hand of $3.4 billion.

Spotless

($m)(%)

EBITA marginRevenue

3,500

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

FY14FY15FY16FY17*FY18*

9.0

7.5

6.0

4.5

3.0

1.5

0.0

–Total revenue of $3.1 billion, up 3.2%;

–EBITA of $167.7 million, down 2.4%;

–EBITA margin of 5.4%, down 0.3ppts;

–ROFE

1

of 14.1%, up from 12.1%; and

–Work-in-hand of $18.0 billion.

* The FY17 and FY18 EBITA have been based on underlying performance.

Note: Spotless past performance has been shown as a reference only as it has

started contributing to the Downer Group from 1 July 2017 (FY18).

Rail

($m)(%)

EBITA marginRevenue

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

1,500

1,000

500

0

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

–Total revenue of $1,169.2 million, up 37.5%;

–EBITA of $39.2 million, up 29.4%;

–EBITA margin of 3.4%, down 0.2ppts;

–ROFE

1

of 12.0%, up from 7.3%; and

–Work-in-hand of $8.2 billion.

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance (EC&M)

($m)(%)

EBITA marginRevenue

3,000

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

–Total revenue of $2.4 billion, up 19.9%;

–EBITA of $70.6 million, up 34.2%;

–EBITA margin of 2.9%, up 0.3ppts;

–ROFE

1

of 27.0%, up from 23.0%; and

–Work-in-hand of $2.2 billion.

Mining

($m)(%)

EBITA marginRevenue

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

FY14FY15FY16FY17FY18

–Total revenue of $1.4 billion, up 4.5%;

–EBITA of $50.4 million, down from $83.4 million;

–EBITA margin of 3.7%, down from 6.4%;

–ROFE

1

of 8.6%, down from 13.2%; and

–Work-in-hand of $2.8 billion.

1 ROFE = EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE). AFE = Average

Opening and Closing Net Debt + Equity.

12 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Group Financial Position

Funding, liquidity and capital are managed at Group level,

with Divisions focused on working capital and operating cash

flow management.

Operating Cash Flow

Operating cash flow was strong at $583.3 million, up 32.1% from

last year due to strong contract performance, advance payments

received and a full year contribution from Spotless. Operating

cash flow / EBITDA conversion continued to be strong at 90.6%.

Investing Cash

Total investing cash flow was $729.6 million, down $266.2 million.

This includes $391.8 million consideration paid in relation to

Spotless acquisition (including an additional 22% ownership

interest) and a further $84.1 million in net cash consideration

paid for other acquisitions including Envista, UrbanGrid and

Cabrini. This was partially offset by $129.6 million proceeds

received from the divestment of the freight rail business.

The business continued to invest in capital equipment

to support the existing contracted operations and future

operations, resulting in net capital expenditure of $334.1 million.

Debt and Bonding

The Group’s performance bonding facilities totalled

$1,915.9 million at 30 June 2018 primarily with $574.3 million

undrawn. There is sufficient available capacity to support the

ongoing operations of the Group.

As at 30 June 2018, the Group had liquidity of $1.5 billion

comprising cash balances of $606.2 million and undrawn

committed debt facilities of $925.0 million. Total liquidity

available is $1.2 billion through Downer’s facilities and

$321.2 million through Spotless’ facilities.

The Group continues to be rated BBB (Stable) by Fitch Ratings.

Balance Sheet

The net assets of Downer decreased by 10.6% to $3.2 billion.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $238.4 million, or

28.2%, to $606.2 million, due to $391.8 million consideration paid

in relation to Spotless acquisition (including an additional 22%

ownership interest) and $84.1 million paid for other acquisitions.

These payments were offset by $129.6 million proceeds received

from the divestment of the freight rail business and from

continued strong operating cash flows.

Net debt increased from $620.2 million at 30 June 2017 to

$940.0 million at 30 June 2018 primarily as a result of a reduced

net cash position. This resulted in an increase in gearing

(net debt to net debt plus equity) to 22.7%, up from 14.7%

at 30 June 2017.

The present value of operating lease commitments for plant

and equipment reduced from $151.5 million to $138.1 million.

Total gearing (including off-balance sheet operating lease

commitments) was 25.2% at 30 June 2018, up from 17.7% in

the prior year.

Current trade and other receivables increased by $399.9 million

to $2,121.9 million reflecting higher activities across Transport,

Utilities and Mining.

Inventories decreased by $32.9 million to $268.8 million

reflecting the divestment of freight rail inventory coupled with

continued tight inventory management.

Current tax assets increased by $23.8 million to $69.3 million due

to the timing of tax payments.

Interest in joint ventures and associates increased by

$8.0 million, with $16.9 million of distributions received, offset by

Downer’s share of net profits from joint ventures and associates

of $25.1 million.

Property Plant and Equipment remained consistent at

$1,280.4 million as additional capital expenditure incurred during

the year was offset by the divestment of freight rail assets and

depreciation for the year including Spotless contribution.

Intangible assets increased by $19.5 million arising from

$160.1 million additional goodwill and other acquired intangible

assets recognised from the acquisition of Envista, UrbanGrid,

Cabrini, Integrated Services and Hawkins; $46.4 million additional

investment in software offset by a reduction in goodwill as a

result of the Mining goodwill impairment ($76.4 million) and

the divestment of freight rail ($14.2 million) and $91.9 million

amortisation in FY18 mainly related to Spotless’ acquired

intangible assets.

Annual Report 2018 13
Total trade and other payables increased by $516.4 million

(28.8%) primarily as a result of higher business activity and

timing of payments. Trade and other payables represent

50.4% of Downer’s total liabilities.

Other financial liabilities of $77.4 million increased by $31.9 million

and represents 1.7% of Downer’s total liabilities. The increase

mainly reflects deferred consideration payable for acquisitions

made during the year.

Deferred tax liability of $170.2 million primarily represents

temporary differences arising from work in progress, property

plant and equipment, and the tax effect of the recognition of

acquired intangibles.

Provisions of $490.5 million decreased by $36.4 million and

represent 10.7% of Downer’s total liabilities. Employee provisions

(annual leave and long service leave) made up 76.4% of this

balance with the remainder covering surplus lease contracts

provisions and return conditions obligations for leased assets

and property and warranty obligations.

Shareholder equity decreased by $381.4 million driven by the

payment for the acquisition of additional interest in Spotless and

the impact of minority interest, and $156.7 million of dividend

payments made during the year. This was offset by the parent

entity net profit after tax of $71.4 million. Net foreign currency

losses on translation of foreign operations, particularly in

New Zealand, resulted in a movement in the foreign currency

translation reserve by $8.8 million.

Dividends

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 14.0 cents

per share, 50% franked (12.0 cents per share fully franked in the

prior corresponding period), payable on 27 September 2018 to

shareholders on the register at 30 August 2018. The unfranked

portion of the dividend (50%) will be paid out of Conduit

Foreign Income (CFI).

The Board also determined to continue to pay a fully imputed

dividend on the ROADS security, which having been reset on

15 June 2018 has a yield of 6.15% per annum payable quarterly

in arrears, with the next payment due on 17 September 2018.

As this dividend is fully imputed (the New Zealand equivalent of

being fully franked), the actual cash yield paid by Downer will be

4.43% per annum for the next 12 months.

Zero Harm

Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR) increased

from 0.55 to 0.78 but importantly, the Total Recordable

Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) reduced from 3.50 to 3.27 per

million hours worked.

TRIFRLTIFR

LTIFR

TRIFR

Downer Group Safety Performance

(12-month rolling frequency rates)

Jun-17

Sep-17

Dec-17

Mar-18

Jun-18

0.0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

3.50

3.27

0.55

0.78

Note: This data excludes Hawkins and Spotless.

14 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Group Business Strategies and Prospects for Future Financial Years

Downer’s strategy focuses on safety, driving improvement in existing businesses, investing in growth, and creating new positions.

Downer’s strategic objectives, prospects, and the risks that could adversely affect the achievement of these objectives, are set out in

the table below.

Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Maintain

focus on Zero Harm

Downer recognises that a sustainable and

embedded Zero Harm culture is fundamental to

the Company’s future success.

Zero Harm means working in an environment

that supports the health and safety of its people,

allows it to deliver its business activities in an

environmentally sustainable manner, and advances

the communities in which it operates.

This requires strong commitment to Downer’s Zero

Harm objectives from all levels of the business.

Downer’s Zero Harm culture is built on leading

and inspiring, managing risk, rethinking processes,

applying lessons learnt, and adopting and adapting

practices that aim to achieve zero work-related

injuries and minimise environmental harm.

Downer’s approach to Zero Harm enables the

Company to work safely and environmentally

responsibly in industry sectors where there are

inherent hazardous environments.

Downer has implemented a strong critical risk

program throughout its business. This program has

provided Downer with the opportunity to understand

the risks in its business that could cause serious

injury to people or the environment. That knowledge

has enabled Downer to implement a program to

eliminate or control those risks, and to monitor the

performance of those critical controls.

Each Downer Division has in place a Zero Harm

management system, certified as a minimum to

AS/NZS 4801 or BS OHSAS 18001, and ISO 14001.

Each management system is reviewed regularly,

undergoing internal and external audit.

Improve value and

service for customers

and their customers

Providing valuable and reliable products and

services to Downer’s customers, and their

customers, is at the very heart of Downer’s culture.

It enables Downer’s customers to focus more on

their core expertise while Downer delivers non-

core operational services.

Through ongoing analysis of markets, customers

and competitors, Downer is well positioned to

improve value and service for its customers and

their customers.

Relationships creating success continues to be

Downer’s core operating philosophy that drives

delivery of projects and services. It helps to ensure

investment, initiatives and activities are focused on

helping the Group’s customers to succeed. Risks to be

managed include:

–commoditisation of core products and services,

which affects margins;

–not keeping pace with changing customer

expectations for service improvements; and

–lack of focus on customer feedback channels.

Improve asset

management and data

analytics utilisation

across the Group

The ISO 55001 standard sets a new baseline for

professional asset management across most

of the markets in which Downer operates. As a

leader in asset management, Downer aims to

adopt and implement world leading solutions

and insights to benefit its customers and their

customers. Additionally, the proliferation of data

points and connected devices, allows for greater

data and business intelligence to be captured and

monitored. This is key to driving greater levels of

efficiency as well as service improvements.

Customers and end users’ expectations continue

to grow with regard to reliable, intuitive, and

cost-effective assets and services. Investments

are required into asset management and

data analytics frameworks to ensure lifecycle

performance is monitored and timely decisions

are made to optimise asset utilisation. Risks to be

managed include:

–lack of value added services to customers

reducing their need for integrated

services partners;

–reduction in scope and service from customers

to pure maintenance / blue collar services; and

–inability to properly manage performance

frameworks and desired service outcomes.

Annual Report 2018 15
Strategic ObjectiveProspects Risks and risk management

Position for greater

government

outsourcing

Following the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is

the largest and most diverse services contractor

in the Asia-Pacific region with over $12 billion in

annual revenues. This scale and breadth gives

Downer greater resilience to withstand economic

headwinds when they arise, and the opportunity to

provide a more diverse range of services.

Downer is well positioned to pursue government

outsourcing opportunities in the Australian and

New Zealand markets now and into the future.

Government outsourcing provides a high level

of opportunity for Downer as government fiscal

demands increase and citizens desire more service

from less spend. Risks to be managed include:

–longer procurement contract durations reducing

opportunities to tender for new opportunities;

–commoditisation of long-term contracts; and

–introduction of foreign and technology

based competitors that bring a different

value proposition.

Leverage opportunities

that will emerge from

greater urbanisation

in major cities

As cities become larger and more complex,

opportunities will emerge for Downer in

connecting, managing and monitoring

their core infrastructure. This will include

transport infrastructure, public transport,

utilities, telecommunications, and other

technology platforms.

Downer is well positioned to work with

governments and citizens to understand and

shape the infrastructure and networks that will

underpin the megacities of the future.

Greater urbanisation is likely to result in a

consolidation of competition, opportunities, and

capital. Risks to be managed include:

–intensification of competition as customers

converge into large single market

procurement channels;

–introduction of foreign and technology based

competitors that bring a different value

proposition; and

–greater investment in technology.

Orient Downer’s

portfolio to growth

markets

Downer continues to enjoy wide reaching access

to substantial asset management, projects, and

services opportunities in its core geographies

of Australia and New Zealand. While these

geographies will remain the core focus for

the foreseeable future, Downer continues to

investigate and pursue identified and evaluated

opportunities in Southern Africa, South America,

North America, Europe, and Asia.

Downer continues to review the current shape of

its service offerings as well as the exportability of a

number of established and mature service offerings

which have reached leadership in the Group’s core

markets. Risks to be managed include:

–balancing growth objectives against sustainable

profit outcomes; and

–determining the optimal timing to export core

competencies to new growth markets or to

further diversify Downer’s offering.

Embed operational

technology into core

service offerings

Downer is focused on increasing the utilisation

of operational technology across all its service

lines to improve differentiation and competitive

advantage. This includes investing in partnerships

with global technology experts, co-creating

bespoke products and services to meet

customer needs, and investigating selective M&A

opportunities to improve the quality of the Group’s

service offering.

Downer has opportunities to invest in new

skills to manage the risks that will emerge from

technological advancements. These risks include:

–market disruption;

–cybersecurity and data hacks as more

assets and infrastructure networks are

managed remotely; and

–switching costs associated with technological

infrastructure and networks.

16 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

The following table provides an overview of the key prospects relevant to each of Downer’s service lines and summarises Downer’s

intended strategic response across each sector to maximise the Company’s performance and realise future opportunities.

Service lineProspects Downer’s response

TransportThe market for transport infrastructure and

services continues to exhibit good growth in

both Australia and New Zealand, as respective

governments invest in a range of projects to

reduce congestion, improve mobility, and provide

better linkages between communities.

In both Australia and New Zealand, Downer is

noticing a shift toward greater network integration,

journey management, and multi-modal solutions.

This is seeing not only a convergence between

transport modes but also between industries like

transport and energy. Two-way digital methods

of communication with passengers in real-time is

proliferating in the transport sector.

As a market leader in Australia and New Zealand,

Downer is well positioned to capitalise on future

transport opportunities. In particular, focus will be

upon the markets for road maintenance services,

road surfacing and bitumen supply, rail infrastructure

delivery, and public transport operations.

Downer continues to innovate across its core service

offerings, to ensure it brings to customers global

insights and competitively benchmarked solutions.

It also continues to selectively acquire scale where

this creates value for shareholders.

Downer is particularly focused on transport issues

which affect communities like congestion, parking

management, transport integration, and value capture

from associated developments.

UtilitiesGrowth across power and gas utility markets is

multi-faceted with a good pipeline of prospects

in both Australia and New Zealand. In Australia,

growth will be driven by prospects in electricity

transmission and distribution, as well as significant

new capital projects in the renewable energy

market. In New Zealand, increasing demand from

a growing population is seeing higher levels of

activity across the water and power & gas sectors.

Activity in telecommunications markets continues

to be dynamic, with large capital builds in both

Australia and New Zealand coming to a close.

Downer’s view is that the timing of these large

network builds will extend beyond most analysts’

predictions. However, increasing demand for data

services will see a solid baseload of activity in this

sector remains.

Downer has market leading positions in the electricity,

water, gas and telecommunications sectors in both

Australia and New Zealand.

Downer is strongly positioned to take advantage of

the growth opportunities available in these sectors,

with a demonstrable track record of excellence in

service delivery, and a greater focus on introducing

operational technology to improve the value Downer

brings to customers.

In addition to maximising its share of the outsourced

‘poles and wires’ services market, the business is

focused on growing the national water sector and

participating in new construction, maintenance, and

operations contracts.

RailThe manufacture and associated servicing of

rail rolling stock continues to be a strong growth

market for Downer. Major procurement activities

have been undertaken in Queensland, NSW and

Victoria in recent years, with the resulting volume

of work continuing to permeate the market.

Looking forward, potential outsourcing and

franchising opportunities across the transport

sector may further expand Downer’s portfolio in

public transport operations.

Downer’s rail asset management model is a clear

market leader with a strong focus on ‘return on

investment’ – i.e. increasing fleet availability and

reliability for customers’ customers.

Downer maintains strong strategic partnerships with

leading global transport solutions providers and,

through this model, is pursuing opportunities in rolling

stock manufacture and maintenance, and transport

network operations and maintenance.

The Keolis Downer joint venture is a leading

Australian multi-modal transport operator, through its

light rail and bus operations.

Annual Report 2018 17
Service lineProspects Downer’s response

EC&MEC&M comprises resources-related

infrastructure, infrastructure projects, and non-

residential building.

Resources-related infrastructure is showing green

shoots of growth for the first time in a long period.

Downer expects this investment to largely focus

on brownfield expansions with relatively few new

greenfield developments.

Good growth prospects in the non-residential

building and commercial sector are expected as

business confidence remains high in both Australia

and New Zealand, while investment into social

infrastructure continues with particular focus on

health and education.

Downer is a market leader in electrical and

instrumentation work, particularly in the oil & gas

sector, and is growing its structural mechanical piping

business. Downer has experience working on all of the

recent Australian major oil & gas developments. While

the first phase of major LNG construction comes

to an end, Downer does envisage the potential for

additional trains to be constructed in the near future

due to the improving productivity of gas extraction at

these facilities.

Outside of oil & gas, Downer continues to be a major

player in the delivery of resources related engineering,

construction and maintenance services with long and

enduring relationships with all of Australia’s major

mining and industrial customers.

Downer increased its presence in the growing market

for infrastructure and building in New Zealand

through the acquisition of Hawkins, the country’s

second-largest builder.

MiningWhile mine owners continue to have a strong

focus on cost reduction, Downer is seeing green

shoots of growth particularly in Western Australia

across iron ore, gold and other precious metals.

Some mine owners are currently shifting their

operating models to maximise supply chain

benefits, which opens opportunities for contractors

to work collaboratively to drive productivity

improvements and reduce production costs.

Downer is one of Australia’s leading diversified

mining contractors offering customers open cut,

underground, mining services, tyre management, drill

and blast, and engineering and technology services.

A core focus is to drive efficiency in the way Downer

delivers services to ensure it creates value for

its customers.

SpotlessThe facilities management and services market

is undergoing consolidation, as operators look

to leverage scale across multiple service lines.

Downer and Spotless continue to see large-scale

and long-term outsourcing contracts come to

market across the government sector, however

the volume of PPPs in social infrastructure and

integrated services contracts in the resources

sector appears to be slowing.

The proliferation of operational technology to

enable real-time performance monitoring is

shaping the future of outsourcing, leading to

bundling services and the provision of ‘anything

as a service’.

The defence, health, education, corrections, and

commercial markets continue to provide a range

of exciting opportunities on the short-to-medium

term horizon in both Australia and New Zealand.

Through the acquisition of Spotless, Downer is now

a major force in both Australia and New Zealand with

market leading positions across key sectors including:

defence; health; education; corrections; commercial;

stadia and open space management; leisure;

and resources.

There is a focus on leveraging both businesses’ scale

and routes to market to position the Group’s core

services offerings in an integrated way.

18 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Outlook

Downer is targeting consolidated net profit after tax and

before amortisation of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of

$335 million before minority interests.

Subsequent events

There have been no matters or circumstances other than those

referred to in the financial statements or notes thereto, that have

arisen since the end of the financial year, that have significantly

affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group,

the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the

Group in subsequent financial years.

Changes in state of affairs

During the financial year there was no significant change

in the state of affairs of the Group other than that referred

to in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Environmental

Downer makes a positive contribution in industry sectors such

as utilities, renewable energy, public transport, infrastructure

and facilities management. Downer recognises it also operates

in highly carbon-intensive industry sectors, for example, mining.

Downer’s strategy focuses on driving improvement in existing

businesses, investing in sustainable growth, and adapting

as industry and customer needs and preferences change.

Downer’s business diversity allows it to leverage emerging

opportunities such as increasing and ageing populations,

infrastructure renewal requirements and the increased need for

inter-connected smart cities and regional city hubs.

Downer recognises its obligation to stakeholders, including

customers, shareholders, employees, contractors and the

communities in which it operates, to advance sustainability

and mitigate the Company’s environmental impact. Downer

acknowledges its role as a corporate citizen, and respects the

places and communities in which it operates. Downer’s Purpose,

Promise and Pillars underpin everything it does and Downer

is committed to conducting its operations in a manner that is

environmentally responsible and sustainable.

The Board oversees the Company’s environmental and

sustainability performance via the Zero Harm Board Committee.

The Zero Harm Management System Framework sets the

minimum standard for environment and sustainability within

the Divisions. As such, each Division is required to have an

Environmental Sustainability Action Plan (ESAP) and strategies

in place supported by suitably qualified environment and

sustainability professionals. The ESAP allocates internal

responsibilities for reducing the impact of its operations and

business activities on the environment. In addition, all Downer

Divisions’ environment management systems are audited by

both internal and external independent third parties.

The international environmental standard ISO 14001:2015, is

used as a benchmark for assessing, improving and maintaining

the environmental integrity of our business management

systems. The Company’s Divisions also adhere to environmental

management requirements established by customers in addition

to all applicable licence and regulatory requirements.

Dividends

In respect of the financial year ended 30 June 2018, the Board:

–declared a 50% franked interim dividend of 13.0 cents per

share that was paid on 4 April 2018 to shareholders on the

register at 7 March 2018 with the unfranked portion paid out

of Conduit Foreign Income; and

–declared a 50% franked final dividend of 14.0 cents per

share, payable on 27 September 2018 to shareholders on the

register at 30 August 2018 with the unfranked portion to be

paid out of Conduit Foreign Income.

Due to the strength of Downer’s balance sheet, the Company’s

Dividend Reinvestment Plan remains suspended.

As detailed in the Directors’ Report for the 2017 financial year,

the Board declared a fully franked final dividend of 12.0 cents

per share, that was paid on 10 October 2017 to shareholders

on the register at 12 September 2017.

Annual Report 2018 19
Employee Discount Share Plan (ESP)

An ESP was instituted in June 2005. In accordance with the provisions of the plan, as approved by shareholders at the 1998 Annual

General Meeting, permanent full-time and part-time employees of Downer EDI Limited and its subsidiary companies who have

completed six months service may be invited to participate.

No shares were issued under the ESP during the years ended 30 June 2018 or 30 June 2017.

There are no performance rights or performance options, in relation to unissued shares, that are outstanding.

Directors’ meetings

The following table sets out the number of Directors’ meetings (including meetings of Board Committees) held during the 2018 financial

year and the number of meetings attended by each Director (while they were a Director or Board Committee member). During the year,

22 Board meetings, seven Audit and Risk Committee meetings, five Zero Harm Committee meetings, four Remuneration Committee

meetings and three Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee meetings were held. In addition, 28 ad hoc meetings (attended

by various Directors) were held in relation to various matters including tender reviews and major projects.

Board

Audit and Risk

Committee

Remuneration

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding2221––44

G A Fenn2222––––

S A Chaplain222077––

P S Garling

2

22217744

T G Handicott

3

22217744

N M Hollows1111––

E A Howell1212––––

C G Thorne

4

222177––

Zero Harm

Committee

Nominations and

Corporate Governance

Committee

DirectorHeld

1

AttendedHeld

1

Attended

R M Harding––33

G A Fenn54––

S A Chaplain5533

P S Garling

2

––––

T G Handicott

3

––33

N M Hollows––––

E A Howell55––

C G Thorne

4

55––

1 These columns indicate the number of meetings held during the period each person listed was a Director or member of the relevant Board Committee.

2 Mr Garling is also Chairman of the Rail Projects Committee.

3 Ms Handicott is also Chairman of the Disclosure Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

4 Dr Thorne is also Chairman of the Tender Risk Evaluation Committee which meets on an unscheduled basis.

20 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Indemnification of officers and auditors

During the financial year, the Company paid a premium in

respect of a contract insuring the Directors of the Company, the

Company Secretary, and all officers of the Company and of any

related body corporate against a liability incurred as a Director,

secretary or executive officer to the extent permitted by the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the nature

of the liability and the amount of the premium.

Downer’s Constitution includes indemnities, to the extent

permitted by law, for each Director and Company Secretary

of Downer and its subsidiaries against liability incurred in the

performance of their roles as officers. The Directors and the

Company Secretaries listed on pages 2 to 4, individuals who act

as a Director or Company Secretary of Downer’s subsidiaries

and certain individuals who formerly held any of these roles

also have the benefit of the indemnity in the Constitution.

The Company has not otherwise, during or since the financial

year, indemnified or agreed to indemnify an officer or auditor of

the Company or of any related body corporate against a liability

incurred as such an officer or auditor.

Corporate Governance

In recognising the need for the highest standards of corporate

behaviour and accountability, the Board endorses the ASX

Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate Governance

Principles and Recommendations (ASX Principles). The Group’s

corporate governance statement is set out at pages 127 to 135

of this Annual Report.

Non-audit services

Downer is committed to audit independence. The Audit and

Risk Committee reviews the independence of the external

auditors on an annual basis. This process includes confirmation

from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are

independent of the Group. To ensure that there is no potential

conflict of interest in work undertaken by Downer’s external

auditors, KPMG, they may only provide services that are

consistent with the role of the Company’s auditor.

The Board has considered the position and, in accordance with

the advice from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that

the provision of non-audit services during the year is compatible

with the general standard of independence for auditors imposed

by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Directors are of the opinion that the services as disclosed

below do not compromise the external auditor’s independence,

based on advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee,

for the following reasons:

–All non-audit services have been reviewed and approved

to ensure that they do not impact the integrity and

objectivity of the auditor; and

–None of the services undermine the general principles

relating to auditor independence as set out in the Institute

of Chartered Accountants in Australia and CPA Australia’s

Code of Conduct APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional

Accountants issued by the Accounting Professional & Ethical

Standards Board, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s

own work, acting in a management or decision-making

capacity for the Company, acting as advocate for the

Company or jointly sharing economic risks and rewards.

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration is set out on

page 52 of this Annual Report.

During the year, details of the fees paid or payable for non-audit

services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related

practices and related audit firms were as follows:

Non-audit services

2018

$

2017

$

Tax services556,106719,955

Sustainability assurance278,634217,000

Due diligence and other

non-audit services950,4571,066,814

1,785,1972,003,769

Rounding of amounts

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ Report

and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise stated,

amounts have been rounded off to the nearest whole number

of millions of dollars and one place of decimals representing

hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Annual Report 2018 21
Remuneration Report – AUDITED

Chairman’s letter

Dear Shareholders,

Downer’s 2018 Remuneration Report provides information about

the remuneration of its most senior executives and explains how

performance has been linked to reward outcomes at Downer for

the 2018 financial year.

At the last Annual General Meeting in November 2017,

93.2 percent of all votes cast by shareholders were in favour

of the 2017 Remuneration Report. The structure of the

2018 Remuneration Report has been prepared with the same

objective of providing readers with a transparent view of key

performance and outcomes using the report structure adopted

in previous years.

Strong financial and safety performance

Downer has once again delivered strong financial and

safety performance in 2018 and has continued to deliver

on its promises:

–Total Revenue was $12,620.2 million, an increase of

61.5 percent from 2017;

–Underlying Net Profit After Tax and before Amortisation

of acquired intangibles was $296.5 million, an increase

of $1.5 million over underlying guidance given at the

start of the year;

–Conversion of EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax,

depreciation and amortisation) to cash continued to be

strong at 90.6 percent;

–Work-in-hand is now $42.0 billion, up 7.1 percent from

December 2017; and

–Downer’s Total Shareholder Return over the three years to

30 June 2018 was 85.1 percent, 43.5 percent higher than the

ASX 100 median.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance continues to be industry

leading. Downer’s Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate was 0.78 and

the Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate was 3.27. Many of the

activities that Downer’s people perform every day are inherently

dangerous and ensuring they remain safe is of paramount

importance. Zero Harm is central to Downer’s culture and our

commitment to continuous improvement in Zero Harm remains a

core strategic objective.

Key remuneration issues in 2018

Downer continued to invest in its future through strategic

acquisitions and capital investments that have enhanced the

geographic footprint of the existing business, grown capability

and created new market positions which will maximise long term

shareholder value. These include the acquisitions of Envista,

Integrated Services, UrbanGrid and Cabrini Linen Service.

Downer also divested the Freight Rail business. The restructuring

of Spotless and the integration of the Spotless business into the

Downer Group has also been a major activity during 2018.

The impact of these major transactions on executive

remuneration can be significant. The Board’s overarching

concern is to ensure executives:

–Are accountable for delivery of the annual budget and

business plan; and

–Consider potential acquisition or divestment

opportunities without the influence of their impact on

remuneration outcomes.

For these and other reasons, where a transaction is both material

and unbudgeted, the Board’s policy is that it should remove the

impact of the transaction when calculating the key performance

indicators on which executive performance is measured.

This ensures that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a

result of the transaction.

There were three significant items in 2018 which affected

statutory earnings being:

–A non-cash impairment of goodwill in the mining business;

–Major restructures to merge the Mining Division with the

Engineering, Construction and Maintenance Division to form

the new Mining, Energy and Industrial Services Division and

merger of the Rail Division into the Infrastructure Services

Division to form the Transport and Infrastructure Division to

ensure that our service offerings best align with the needs of

our customers; and

–Remediation of ground subsidence at the Auburn (Waratah)

Maintenance Centre.

The Board considers whether to adjust for the impact of

significant items (positive or negative) on a case by case basis,

having regard to the circumstances relevant to each item.

In 2018, adjustments were made in respect of the major

transactions in line with policy, major restructures and the Mining

goodwill impairment. No adjustment was made for the Auburn

Maintenance Centre remediation. The adjustments that were

made ensured that executives were rewarded for performance

against the operational performance targets set at the beginning

of the year absent the influence of remuneration outcomes.

The adjustments resulted in the Group gateway being met

which opened the Corporate scorecard and part achievement

of the Corporate Net Profit after Tax and Before Amortisation of

acquired intangibles measure but for other measures had no or

an immaterial impact on reward outcomes.

More information on the Board’s approach to the above activities

and their impact in 2018 can be found at sections 6.5 and 7.4 of

the Remuneration Report.

22 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Link between Downer performance and reward outcomes

Downer is one of the few companies in its sector that provides

earnings guidance to the market each year. Downer has been

successful in meeting or exceeding this earnings guidance

for the last seven reporting periods. Downer’s remuneration

framework for key senior employees has been very successful

in aligning Downer’s strategy and the creation of alignment

between senior executives and shareholders. As set out in

this Remuneration Report, Downer’s remuneration strategy

continues to provide:

–A significant proportion of remuneration being at risk linked

to clear, objective measures;

–A profitability gateway as a precondition to any short term

incentive entitlement;

–For deferral of 50 percent of short term incentive payments

over a further two year period; and

– The delivery of a significant proportion of pay in equity.

To ensure that this framework continues to support the

achievement of Downer’s strategy, a review has commenced

with outcomes to be communicated in next year’s

Remuneration Report.

We trust that this overview and the accompanying detailed

analysis are helpful when forming your own views on Downer’s

remuneration arrangements.


R M Harding T G Handicott

Chairman Remuneration Committee Chairman

Annual Report 2018 23
The Remuneration Report provides information about the remuneration arrangements for key management personnel (KMP), which

means Non-executive Directors and the Group’s most senior executives, for the year to 30 June 2018. The term “executive” in this

Report means KMPs who are not Non-executive Directors.

The Report covers the following matters:

1. Year in review;

2. Details of Key Management Personnel;

3. Remuneration policy, principles and practices;

4. Relationship between remuneration policy and company performance;

5. The Board’s role in remuneration;

6. Description of executive remuneration;

7. Details of executive remuneration;

8. Executive equity ownership;

9. Key terms of employment contracts;

10. Related party information; and

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration.

1. Year in review

1.1 Summary of changes to remuneration policy

Downer has continued to refine its remuneration policy during the period. The Board considered Company strategy and reward plans

based on performance measurement, competitive position and stakeholder feedback. Changes to policy are noted in the relevant

sections of this Report and are summarised in the table below.

PolicyEnhancements since 2017

Short-term incentive (STI) plan –The Zero Harm measures for safety and environmental performance have been

further refined, building upon previous improvements to move with and support

growth in organisational maturity and ensure continual stretch and ongoing Zero Harm

improvement through:

–Requiring the completion of trend analysis on the outcomes of completed critical control

verifications to identify the existence of ineffective controls and escalation factors,

thereby further improving the understanding of the control environment; and

–Initiating a program of projects to improve the effectiveness of critical controls, informed

by the trend analysis on the outcomes of completed critical risk observations.

–The Financial measures for earnings have evolved from Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) to Net

Profit After Tax and Before Amortisation of acquired intangibles (NPATA) at the Group

level and Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) to Earnings Before Interest, Tax and

Amortisation of acquired intangibles (EBITA) at the Divisional level to ensure that reward

remains focused on the delivery of operational performance.

–As with 2017, the People measure is based on the outcomes of a Company-wide

employee engagement survey. In 2018, the targets were adjusted to create additional

stretch which reflects the Company’s increased maturity in this area and to ensure

continuous improvement.

24 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

1.2 Remuneration Framework Review

Downer’s current remuneration framework was established in 2008 and has been developed and refined over the subsequent years.

In recent years, Downer has undergone transformational change in becoming Australia’s largest integrated services provider, including

through the acquisitions of Tenix, Hawkins and Spotless as well as the divestment of the Century Drilling and Freight Rail businesses

and its revenue and market capitalisation have grown significantly.

Accordingly, the Board, with the support of management, determined that it was timely and appropriate to review whether the

framework currently in place continues to be ‘fit for purpose’ for today’s Downer.

Guerdon Associates has been engaged to assist the Board with this review. A summary of outcomes of the review and any changes to

the remuneration framework will be provided in the 2019 Remuneration Report.

2. Details of Key Management Personnel

The following persons acted as Directors of the Company during or since the end of the most recent financial year:

DirectorRole

R M HardingChairman, Independent Non-executive Director

G A FennManaging Director and Chief Executive Officer

S A ChaplainIndependent Non-executive Director

P S GarlingIndependent Non-executive Director

N M HollowsIndependent Non-executive Director, from 19 June 2018

T G Handicott Independent Non-executive Director

E A HowellIndependent Non-executive Director, to 2 November 2017

C G ThorneIndependent Non-executive Director

The named persons held their current executive position for the whole of the most recent financial year, except as noted:

ExecutiveRole

S CinerariChief Executive Officer – Infrastructure Services, to 6 March 2018

Chief Executive Officer – Transport and Infrastructure, from 7 March 2018

M J FergusonChief Financial Officer

S L KilleenChief Executive Officer – New Zealand

M J MillerChief Executive Officer – Rail, to 6 March 2018

D NelsonChief Executive Officer – Spotless, from 22 August 2017

D J OverallChief Executive Officer – Mining, to 19 February 2018

B C PetersenChief Executive Officer – Engineering, Construction & Maintenance, to 19 February 2018

Chief Executive Officer – Mining, Energy and Industrial Services, from 20 February 2018

Annual Report 2018 25
3. Remuneration policy, principles and pract

ices

3.1 Executive remuneration policy

Downer’s executive remuneration policy and practices are summarised in the table be

low.

PolicyPractices aligned with policy

Retain experienced, proven

performers, and those

considered to have high

potential for succession

–Provide remuneration that is internally fair;

–Ensure remuneration is competitive with the external market; and

–Defer a substantial part of pay contingent on continuing service and sustained performance.

Focus performance –Provide a substantial component of pay contingent on performance against targets;

–Focus attention on the most important drivers of value by linking pay to their achievement;

–Require profitability to reach a challenging level before any bonus payments can be made; and

–Provide a LTI plan component that rewards consistent Scorecard performance over multiple

years and over which executives have a clear line of sight.

Provide a Zero

Harm environment

–Incorporate measures that embody “Zero Harm” for Downer’s employees, contractors,

communities and the environment as a significant component of reward.

Manage risk –Encourage sustainability by balancing incentives for achieving both short-term and longer-term

results, and deferring equity based reward vesting after performance has been initially tested;

–Set stretch targets that finely balance returns with reasonable but not excessive risk taking and

cap maximum incentive payments;

–Do not provide excessive “cliff” reward vesting that may encourage excessive risk taking as a

performance threshold is approached;

–Diversify risk and limit the prospects of unintended consequences from focusing on just one

measure in both short-term and long-term incentive plans;

–Stagger vesting of deferred short term incentive payments to encourage retention and allow

forfeiture of rewards that are the result of misconduct or material adjustments;

–Retain full Board discretion to vary incentive payments, including in the event of excessive

risk taking; and

–Restrict trading of vested equity rewards to ensure compliance with the Company’s Securities

Trading Policy.

Align executive interests with

those of shareholders

–Provide that a significant proportion of pay is delivered as equity so part of executive reward is

linked to shareholder value performance;

–Provide a long-term incentive that is based on consistent Scorecard performance against

challenging targets set each year that reflect sector volatility and prevailing economic

conditions as well as relative TSR and earnings per share measures directly related to

shareholder value;

–Maintain a guideline minimum shareholding requirement for the Managing Director;

–Exclude the short-term impact of unbudgeted and opportunistic acquisitions and divestments

from performance assessment to encourage agility and responsiveness;

–Encourage holding of shares after vesting via a trading restriction for all executives and

payment of LTI components in shares; and

–Prohibit hedging of unvested equity and equity subject to a trading lock to ensure alignment

with shareholder outcomes.

Attract experienced,

proven performers

–Provide a total remuneration opportunity sufficient to attract proven and experienced

executives from secure positions in other companies and retain existing executives.

26 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

4. Relationship between remuneration policy

and company performance

4.1 Company strategy and remuneration

Downer’s business strategy includes:

–Maintaining focus on Zero Harm by continually improving

health, safety and environmental performance to achieve

Downer’s goal of zero work-related injuries and significant

environmental incidents;

–Driving growth in core markets through focusing on serving

existing customers better across multiple products and

service offerings, growing capabilities and investing in

innovation, research and development and community and

indigenous partnerships;

–Creating new strategic positions through enhanced value

add services that improve propositions for customers and

exporting established core competencies into new overseas

markets with current customers of the Company;

–Reducing risk and enhancing the Company’s capability

to withstand threats, take advantage of opportunities and

reduce cyclical volatility;

–Obtaining better utilisation of assets and improved margins

through simplifying and driving efficiency;

–Identifying opportunities to manage the Downer portfolio

through partnering, acquisition and divestment that deliver

long-term shareholder value; and

–Maintaining flexibility to be able to adapt to the changing

economic and competitive environment to ensure Downer

delivers shareholder value.

The Company’s remuneration policy complements

this strategy by:

–Incorporating Company-wide performance requirements

for both STI and LTI reward vesting for earnings (NPAT and

NPATA), Free Cash Flow (FFO) and People measures to

encourage cross-divisional collaboration;

–Incorporating performance metrics that focus on cash flow to

reduce working capital and debt exposure;

–Setting NPATA, EBITA and FFO STI performance and

gateway requirements based on effective application of funds

employed to run the business for better capital efficiency;

–Employing FFO as the cash measure for the STI to provide

more emphasis on control of capital expenditure;

–Excluding the short term impacts of opportunistic and

unbudgeted acquisitions and divestments on incentive

outcomes to encourage flexibility, responsiveness and

growth consistent with strategy;

–Deferring 50% of STI awards to encourage sustainable

performance and a longer-term focus;

–Incorporating consistent financial performance in the LTIP

Scorecard measure;

–Emphasis on Zero Harm measures in the STI to maintain the

Company’s position as a Zero Harm leader and employer

and service provider of choice, thereby delivering a

competitive advantage; and

–Encouraging engagement with and the development

and retention of its people to help maintain a sustainable

supply of talent.

4.2 Remuneration linked to performance

The link to performance is provided by:

–Requiring a significant portion of executive remuneration to

vary with short-term and long-term performance;

–Applying a profitability gateway to be achieved before an STI

calculation for executives is made;

–Applying further Zero Harm gateways to be achieved

before calculating any reward for safety or

environmental performance;

–Applying challenging financial and non-financial measures to

assess performance;

–Ensuring that these measures focus management

on strategic business objectives that create

shareholder value; and

–Delivering a significant proportion of payment in equity for

alignment with shareholder interests.

Downer measures performance on the following key

corporate measures:

–Earnings per share (EPS) growth;

–Total shareholder return (TSR) relative to other ASX100

companies (excluding ASX “Financials” sector companies);

–G r o u p N PATA ;

–Divisional EBITA;

–FFO;

–Engagement with Downer’s people; and

–“Zero Harm” measures of safety and environmental

sustainability.

Remuneration for all executives varies with performance on

these key measures.

Annual Report 2018 27
The following graph shows the Company’s performance compared to the median performance of the ASX100 over the three year

period to 30 June 2018.

The graphs below illustrate Downer’s performance against key financial and non-financial performance indicators over the

last five years.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

216.0

210.2

180.6

181.5

247.8

1

$’m

Net profit after tax

2014

2015

2017

2016

2018

1 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions and individually significant items.

0

10

20

30

40

50

45.5

43.9

38.0

35.8

10.7

Cents per share

Basic earnings per share

3

2014

2015

2017

2016

2018

3 Historical basic earnings per share were restated as a result of 169.9 million

shares issued from the capital raising made as part of the Spotless takeover

offer announced on 21 March 2017. The weighted average number of shares

(WANOS) to calculate EPS was adjusted by an adjustment factor of 0.943.

0

100

200

300

400

304.6

344.3

242.3

203.0

2

178.3

2

$’m

Free cash flow

2014

2015

2017

2016

2018

2 Adjusted for material unbudgeted transactions, including payment for

Spotless shares.

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

Safety

0.70

1.08

0.87

0.66

0.55

0.78

2014

2015

2017

2016

2018

0

* S&P/ASX 100 companies as at 30/06/2015

Total Shareholder Return (Indexed to 100)

S&P/ASX 100 median TSR

Downer EDI TSR

Downer EDI TSR compared to S&P/ASX 100 median*

50

100

150

200

250

Jun

2015

Sep

2015

Dec

2015

Mar

2016

Jun

2016

Sep

2016

Dec

2016

Mar

2017

Jun

2017

Sep

2017

Dec

2017

Mar

2018

Jun

2018

28 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

5. The Board’s role in remuneration

The Board engages with shareholders, management and other stakeholders as required, to continuously refine and improve executive

and Director remuneration policies and practices.

Two Board Committees deal with remuneration matters. They are the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee.

The role of the Remuneration Committee is to review and make recommendations to the Board in relation to executives in respect of:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policy;

–Remuneration of senior executives of the Company;

–Executive reward and its impact on risk management;

–Executive incentive plans;

–Equity-based incentive plans;

–Superannuation arrangements;

–Recruitment, retention, performance measurement and termination policies and procedures for all Key Management Personnel

and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director;

–Disclosure of remuneration in the Company’s public materials including ASX filings and the Annual Report; and

–Retirement payments for all Key Management Personnel and senior executives reporting directly to the Managing Director.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending and reviewing remuneration arrangements

for the Executive Director and Non-executive Directors of the Company.

Each Committee has the authority to engage external professional advisers without seeking approval of the Board or management.

During the reporting period, the Remuneration Committee retained Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd as its adviser. Guerdon Associates

Pty Ltd does not provide services to management and is considered to be independent.

Remuneration arrangements for executives of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People and Remuneration Committee

is comprised of two independent Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Details of the remuneration structure and arrangements for 2018 for D Nelson in her role as Chief Executive Officer – Spotless, as

established by the Spotless Board, are outlined at section 6.7.

Annual Report 2018 29
6. Description of executive remuneration

6.1 Executive remuneration structure

Executive remuneration has a fixed component and a component that varies with performance.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually for performance

periods covering one year and three years. Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI. Payment for performance over a

three-year period is an LTI.

In order for maximum STIs to be awarded, performance must achieve a stretch goal that is a clear margin above the planned budget for

the period. This enables the Company to attract and retain better performing executives, and ensures pay outcomes are aligned with

shareholder returns.

Target STIs are less than the maximum STI. Target STI is payable on achievement of planned objectives. For executives the target

STI is 75% of the maximum STI. The maximum total remuneration that can be earned by an executive is capped. The maximums are

determined as a percentage of fixed remuneration.

Executive position

Target

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

STI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum

LTI % of

fixed

remuneration

Maximum total

performance

based pay as a % of

fixed remuneration

Managing Director75100100200

Executives appointed prior to 20117510075175

Executives appointed from 201156.257550125

The proportions of STI to LTI take into account:

–Market practice;

–The service period before executives can receive equity rewards;

–The behaviours that the Board seeks to encourage through direct key performance indicators; and

–The guideline for the Managing Director to maintain a shareholding as a multiple of pay after long-term incentive

rewards have vested.

6.2 Fixed remuneration

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of providing employee benefits, including superannuation, motor vehicles,

car parking, living away from home expenses and fringe benefits tax.

The level of remuneration is set to be able to retain proven performers and when necessary to attract the most suitable external

candidates from secure employment elsewhere.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of direct competitors and a sector peer group. While market levels of remuneration

are monitored on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or expectation that any adjustments will be made.

No adjustment has been made to remuneration for the Managing Director since July 2012.

30 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

6.3 Short-term incentive

6.3.1 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2018 STI plan.

Purpose of STI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over 12 month period;

–Improve “Zero Harm” and people related results; and

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s 12 month performance.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted Group NPATA for corporate executives and

Division EBITA for divisional heads.

Maximum STI that can be earned –KMP appointed pre 2011: up to 100% of fixed remuneration; and

–KMP appointed from 2011: up to 75% of fixed remuneration.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)

–An IPM may be applied based on an executive’s individual key performance indicators and

relative performance;

–Moderate individual performance may result in an IPM of less than 1 or outstanding

performance may result in an IPM greater than 1. The IPM must average 1 across all

participants; and

–Application of an IPM cannot result in an award greater than the maximum STI% level set out

in section 6.1.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018.

Performance assessedAugust 2018, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2018 for the first cash payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components

of the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentCash for initial payment.

The value of deferred components will be settled in cash or shares, net of personal tax. An

eligible leaver’s deferred components will be settled in shares or in cash in the sole and absolute

discretion of the Board.

Performance requirementsGroup NPATA and divisional EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and people measures.

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to:

–Reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred components that are due to vest in certain

circumstances, including where an executive has acted inappropriately or where the Board

considers that the financial results against which the STIP performance measures were tested

were incorrect in a material respect or have been reversed or restated; and

–Settle deferred components in shares or cash.

New recruitsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the STI in

the year in which they commence in their position with a pro-rata entitlement.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the end of

the financial year. Where an executive’s employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the

unvested deferred components will be forfeited. However, the Board has retained discretion to

vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the executive is

judged to be an eligible leaver.

Annual Report 2018 31
6.3.2 STI overview

The STI plan provides for an annual payment that varies with annual performance. This has been applied to performance measured

over the Company’s financial year to 30 June 2018.

The basis of the plan is designed to align STI outcomes with financial results. No STI is paid unless a minimum profit gateway is met.

For corporate executives, the gateway is based on the Group budgeted profit target. For divisional executives, the gateway is based

on the division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA for corporate executives and EBITA for divisional

executives. This minimum must be at a challenging level to justify the payment of STI to an executive, and deliver an acceptable

return for the funds employed in running the business. Positive and negative impacts from material but unbudgeted and opportunistic

transactions are excluded from gateway assessment. Whether to exclude the impact of significant items (positive or negative) is

considered on a case by case basis.

As noted in section 6.1, the maximum STI that can be earned is capped to minimise excessive risk taking.

Deferral is a key feature as part of the STI structure. Payment of 50% of the award is paid at the time of award in cash and the remaining

50% of the award earned is deferred over two years.

The first payment of 50% of the award will be in cash after finalisation of the annual audited results. The payment of the deferred

component of the award will be in the form of two tranches, each to the value of 25% of the award.

The deferred components represent an entitlement to cash or shares, subject to the satisfaction of a continued employment condition.

The first tranche will vest one year following award and the second tranche will vest two years following award, provided an executive

remains employed by the Group at the time of vesting.

The value of deferred components will generally be settled in shares, net of applicable personal tax. This is designed to encourage

executive share ownership, and not adversely impact executives who have to meet their taxation obligations arising from the vesting

of the deferred components. However, the Board retains the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, and will

generally have regard to an executive’s individual circumstances and existing level of equity ownership.

No dividend entitlements are attached to the deferred components during the vesting period.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the deferred components will be forfeited.

However, the Board has retained the discretion to vest deferred awards, in the form of shares or cash, in their ordinary course where the

executive is judged to be an eligible leaver.

6.3.3 How STI payments are assessed

Target STI plan percentage of payAn individual’s target incentive under the STI plan is expressed as a percentage of fixed

remuneration. The STI plan percentage is set according to policy tabulated in section 6.1.

Organisational or divisional

scorecard result

As a principle, “target” achievement would be represented at budget. Thresholds and

maximums are also set.

Individual Performance

Modifier (IPM)


At the end of the plan year, eligible employees are provided with an IPM against their key

performance indicators and relative performance. Individual key performance indicators are set

between the individual and the Managing Director (if reporting to the Managing Director) or the

Board (if the Managing Director) at the start of the performance period. IPMs must average to 1.

STI plan incentive calculationFixed remuneration x maximum STI plan percent x scorecard result x IPM.

32 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

6.3.4 STI performance requirements

Overall performance is assessed on NPATA, EBITA, FFO, Zero Harm and a measure of employee engagement.

NPATA and EBITA include joint ventures and associates and include, inter alia, changes in accounting policy.

FFO is defined as net cash from operating activities (i.e. EBIT plus non-cash items in operating profit plus distributions received

from JVs or associates plus movements in working capital plus movements in operating assets less net interest less tax paid), less

investing cash flow.

Zero Harm reflects Downer’s commitment to safety and environmental, social and governance matters. The Zero Harm element

includes safety and environmental measures, underscoring Downer’s commitment to customers, employees, regulators and the

communities in which it operates.

The measures for the Zero Harm element of the scorecard are as follows:

MeasureTarget

Safety

TRIFR (total recordable injury

frequency rate)

LTIFR (lost time injury frequency rate)

Retain TRIFR and LTIFR below defined threshold levels for area of responsibility. TRIFR is

calculated as the number of recordable injuries x 1,000,000/the hours worked in

12 months. LTIFR is calculated as the number of lost time injuries x 1,000,000/the hours

worked in 12 months.

Environmental

Greenhouse gas emission reductionsReview of targets for greenhouse gas reduction and energy efficiency and the achievement of

energy efficiency targets for the area of control.

Critical risks

Continuation of critical control verification programs, trend analysis on critical control

verifications and the implementation of a program of initiatives to improve the resilience of

critical controls.

Zero Harm Leadership

Performance of a minimum number of cross-divisional critical risk observations by senior

executives within the relevant area of control in other areas of Downer.

Should a workplace fatality or serious environmental incident occur, the relevant safety or environmental portion of the STI is foregone.

Weightings applied to the 2018 STI scorecard measures for all executives, including the Managing Director, are set out in

the table below.

ExecutiveG r o u p N PATADivisional EBITAFree cash flowZero HarmPeople

Corporate30%–30%30%10%

Business unit7. 5%22.5%30%

(7.5% Group,

22.5% division)

30%10%

(3% Group,

7% division)

The Board has discretion to vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment applicable to the level of performance achieved,

up to the maximum for that executive.

Specific details of STI performance requirements are set out in section 7.3.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the reasons for it

will be disclosed.

Annual Report 2018 33
6.4 Long-term incentive

6.4.1 LTI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the 2018 LTI plan.

Purpose of LTI plan –Focus performance on drivers of shareholder value over three-year period;

–Manage risk by countering any tendency to over-emphasise short-term performance to the

detriment of longer-term growth and sustainability; and

–Ensure a part of remuneration costs varies with the Company’s longer-term performance.

Maximum value of equity

that can be granted

–Managing Director: 100% of fixed remuneration;

–KMP appointed pre-2011: 75% of fixed remuneration; and

–KMP appointed from 2011: 50% of fixed remuneration.

Performance period1 July 2017 to 30 June 2020.

Performance assessedSeptember 2020.

Additional service period

after performance period

for shares to vest

Performance rights for which the relevant performance vesting condition is satisfied will not vest

unless executives remain employed with the Group on 30 June 2021.

Performance rights vest1 July 2021.

Form of award and paymentPerformance rights.

Performance conditionsThere are three performance conditions. Each applies to one-third of the performance rights granted to

each executive.

Relative TSR

The relative TSR performance condition is based on the Company’s TSR performance relative to the

TSR of companies comprising the ASX100 index, excluding financial services companies, at the start of

the performance period, measured over the three years to 30 June 2020.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the relative TSR test

is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s

TSR Ranking

Percentage of performance rights subject to TSR condition that

qualify for vesting

< 50th percentile0%

50th percentile30%

Above 50th and below

75th percentile

Pro rata so that 2.8% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1 percentile increase between the 50th percentile and

75th percentile

75th percentile and above100%

34 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

EPS growth

The EPS growth performance condition is based on the Company’s compound annual EPS growth over

the three years to 30 June 2020.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the EPS growth test

is shown in the table below:

Downer EDI Limited’s EPS

compound annual growth

Percentage of performance rights subject to EPS condition that

qualify for vesting

< 5%0%

5%30%

Above 5% to < 10%Pro rata so that 14% of the performance rights in the tranche will

vest for every 1% increase in EPS growth between 5% and 10%

10% or more100%

Scorecard

The Scorecard performance condition is based on the Group’s NPAT and FFO for each of the three years

to 30 June 2020.

The performance vesting scale that will apply to the performance rights subject to the Scorecard test is

shown in the table below:

Scorecard result

Percentage of performance rights subject to Scorecard condition

that qualify for vesting

< 90%0%

90%30%

Above 90% to < 110%Pro rata so that 3.5% of the performance rights in the tranche will vest

for every 1% increase in the Scorecard result between 90% and 110%

110% or more100%

How performance rights and

shares are acquired

The rights are issued by the Company and held by the participant subject to the satisfaction of

the vesting conditions. The number of rights held may be adjusted pro-rata, consistent with ASX

adjustment factors, for any capital re-structures.

If the rights vest, executives can exercise them to receive shares that are normally acquired on-market.

Treatment of dividends

and voting rights on

performance rights

Performance rights do not have voting rights or accrue dividends.

Restriction on hedgingHedging of entitlements under the plan by executives is not permitted.

Restriction on tradingVested shares arising from the rights may only be traded with the approval of the Remuneration

Committee. Approval requires that trading comply with the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

New participantsNew executives (either new starts or promoted employees) are eligible to participate in the LTI on the

first grant date applicable to all executives after they commence in their position. An additional pro-

rata entitlement if their employment commenced after the grant date in the prior calendar year may be

made on a discretionary basis.

Terminating executivesWhere an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will

be forfeited. However, the Board will retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain

circumstances including the death, total and permanent disability or retirement of an executive. In

these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

Annual Report 2018 35
Change of controlOn the occurrence of a change of control event, and providing at least 12 months of the grants’

performance period have elapsed, unvested performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service

period are tested for vesting with performance against the relevant relative TSR, EPS growth or

Scorecard requirements for that relevant period. Vesting will occur to the extent the performance

conditions are met. Performance rights that have already been tested, have met performance

requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

6.4.2 LTI overview

Executives participate in a LTI plan. This is an equity-based plan that provides for a reward that varies with Company performance over

three-year measures of performance. Three-year measures of performance are considered to be the maximum reasonable time period

for setting incentive targets for earnings per share and are generally consistent with market practice in the Company’s sector.

The payment is in the form of performance rights. The performance rights do not have any dividend entitlements or voting rights. If all

the vesting requirements are satisfied, the performance rights will vest and the executives will receive shares in the Company or cash at

the discretion of the Board.

The 2018 LTI represents an entitlement to performance rights to ordinary shares exercisable subject to satisfaction of both a

performance condition and a continued employment condition. Grants will be in three equal tranches, with each tranche subject to an

independent performance requirement. The performance requirements for each tranche will share two common features:

–Once minimum performance conditions are met, the proportion of performance rights that qualify for vesting commences at

30% and gradually increases pro rata with performance. This approach provides a strong motivation for meeting minimum

performance, but avoids a large “cliff” which may encourage excessive risk taking; and

–The maximum reward is capped at a “stretch” performance level that is considered attainable without excessive risk taking.

Performance for the 2018 LTI grants will be measured over the three-year period to 30 June 2020.

The proportion of performance rights that can vest will be calculated in September 2020, but executives will be required to remain in

service until 30 June 2021 to be eligible to receive any shares.

Where an executive ceases employment with the Group prior to the vesting date, the rights will be forfeited. However, the Board will

retain the discretion to retain executives in the plan in certain circumstances such as the death, total and permanent disability or

retirement of an executive. In these circumstances, the Board will also retain the discretion to vest awards in the form of cash.

After vesting, any shares will remain subject to a trading restriction that is governed by the Company’s Securities Trading Policy.

All unvested performance rights will be forfeited if the Board determines that an executive has committed an act of fraud, defalcation or

gross misconduct or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Board.

36 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

6.4.3 Performance requirements

One tranche of performance rights in the 2018 LTI grant will

qualify for vesting subject to performance relative to other

companies, while the other two tranches of performance rights

will qualify for vesting subject to separate, independent absolute

performance requirements.

The relative performance requirement applicable to the first

tranche of performance rights is based on total shareholder

return (TSR). TSR is calculated as the difference in share

price over the performance period, plus the value of shares

earned from reinvesting dividends received over this period,

expressed as a percentage of the share price at the beginning

of the performance period. If the TSR for each company in the

comparator group is ranked from highest to lowest, the median

TSR is the percentage return to shareholders that exceeds the

TSR for half of the comparison companies. The 75th percentile

TSR is the percentage return required to exceed the TSR for

75% of the comparison companies.

Performance rights in the tranche to which the relative TSR

performance requirement applies will vest pro rata between the

median and 75th percentile. That is, 30% of the tranche vest at

the 50th percentile, 32.8% at the 51st percentile, 35.6% at the

52nd percentile and so on until 100% vest at the 75th percentile.

The comparator group for the 2018 LTI grants will be the

companies, excluding financial services companies, in the

ASX100 index as at the start of the performance period on

1 July 2017. Consideration has been given to using a smaller

group of direct competitors for comparison, however:

–Limiting the comparator group to a small number of direct

competitors could result in very volatile outcomes from

period to period; and

–Management’s strong focus on improving the Company’s

ranking among ASX100 companies has become embedded

in Company culture, so reinforcing this rather than trying to

dislodge it with another focus was considered desirable.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to the

second tranche of performance rights is based on Earnings per

Share (EPS) growth over the three year performance period

to 30 June 2020. The EPS measure is based on AASB 133

Earnings per Share.

The tranche of performance rights dependent on the EPS

performance condition will vest pro rata between 5% compound

annual EPS growth and 10% compound annual EPS growth.

Vesting applies on a pro rata basis from 30% upon meeting

the minimum compound annual EPS growth performance level

of 5% to 100% at 10% annual compound annual EPS growth.

Capping reduces the tendency for excessive risk taking and

volatility that may be encouraged if the annual compound EPS

growth bar is set above 10%.

The absolute performance requirement applicable to

the third tranche of performance rights is based on the

Scorecard condition over the three year performance period

to 30 June 2020.

The Scorecard condition is designed to:

–Strengthen retention through the setting of challenging

targets on an annual basis that reflect prevailing market

conditions, for a portion of LTI awards;

–Align with the STI plan to encourage a long-term approach to

achieving annual financial performance targets;

–Improve the line of sight for executives so as to increase

motivation and focus on consistent performance; and

–Focus on performance sustainability through reward of

consistent achievement of absolute performance targets

over the long term.

The Scorecard condition is comprised of two independent

absolute components of equal weighting. These components are

based on Group NPAT and Group FFO.

The performance of each component will be measured over the

three year period to 30 June 2020.

NPAT and FFO targets are set at the beginning of each of the

three financial years. The performance of each component will

be assessed each year relative to the targets. Performance of

each component will be determined as the average of the annual

performance assessments for the three years. The performance

rights will vest on a pro-rata basis from 30% upon meeting the

minimum three-year average component performance level

of 90% of target to 100% at the capped maximum three-year

average component performance level of 110% of target.

The processes and timing applicable for the Scorecard measure

are outlined below:

TimingActions

At the beginning

of the plan

Weighting of components is

determined. In 2018 the components are

equally weighted.

At the beginning of

each financial year

NPAT and FFO target performance

levels are set.

At the end of

each financial year

–Calculate actual performance; and

–Assess actual performance compared

to target to determine performance

percentage for the year.

At the end of

three years

–Calculate average annual performance

for each component; and

–Calculate award based on performance

against the vesting range.

At the end of

four years

Consider the continued service condition

and determine vesting.

Annual Report 2018 37
6.4.4 Post‑vesting shareholding guideline

The Managing Director is required to continue holding shares

after they have vested until the shareholding guideline has

been attained. This guideline requires that the Managing

Director holds vested long-term incentive shares equal in value

to 100% of his fixed remuneration. The Managing Director’s

shareholding is currently well in excess of the guideline.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow

variations from this guideline requirement. The guideline

requirement has been developed to reinforce alignment with

shareholder interests.

The Board retains the right to vary from policy in exceptional

circumstances. However, any variation from policy and the

reasons for it will be disclosed.

6.5 Treatment of major transactions

Downer has delivered significant shareholder value through a

long history of strategic mergers, acquisitions and divestments.

On each occasion, the Board considers the impact of these

transactions. Where a transaction is both material and

unbudgeted, the Board considers whether it is appropriate

to adjust for its impact on the key performance indicators on

which executive performance is measured. The objective of any

adjustment is to ensure that opportunities to add value through

an opportunistic divestment or acquisition should not be

fettered by consideration of the impact on incentive payments.

That is, executives should be ‘no better or worse off’ as a result

of the transaction. No adjustments are made for market reactions

to a transaction as the Board believes that management is

accountable for those outcomes.

This Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it:

–Ensures that executives and the Board consider these

transactions solely based on the best interests of Downer;

–Means executives remain accountable for transaction

execution and post-transaction performance from the

next budget cycle;

–Ensures that executives complete opportunistic transactions

that are in the long-term interest of shareholders;

–Is consistent with the Board’s long-term view when

considering the value of major transactions to Downer’s

shareholders; and

–Ensures Downer remains agile and responsive in managing

its portfolio by pursuing opportunities as and when

they emerge rather than be constrained by the annual

budget process.

In assessing Zero Harm performance of executives, the results of

acquired businesses are excluded for a period of twelve months

post-acquisition to ensure that management is accountable for

the objectives set in the annual business planning process and

in recognition that an integration period during which Downer’s

Zero Harm framework (including systems, processes, definitions

and measurement and reporting methods) is implemented

through the acquired business is appropriate. Where this

transition to Downer’s framework takes place over a longer

period due to the complexity of the implementation or the

maturity profile of the acquired business, the Board will consider

an extension to a more appropriate period.

6.6 Treatment of significant items

From time to time, Downer’s performance is impacted by

significant items. Where these occur, the Board considers

whether to adjust for their impact (positive or negative) on

a case by case basis, having regard to the circumstances

relevant to each item.

The Board considers this approach to be appropriate as it

ensures that executives and the Board make decisions solely

based on the best interests of Downer.

6.7 Chief Executive Officer – Spotless

Downer has an interest of 87.8% in Spotless Group Holdings

Limited (Spotless), which remains listed on the Australian

Securities Exchange. Remuneration arrangements for executives

of Spotless are set by the Board of Spotless. Spotless’ People

and Remuneration Committee is comprised of two independent

Directors and one Director nominated by Downer.

Following is a summary of the remuneration structure

and arrangements for FY18 for D Nelson in her role as

Chief Executive Officer – Spotless as established by the

Spotless Board.

6.7.1 Remuneration structure

The remuneration for the CEO – Spotless has a fixed component

and a component that varies with performance.

Fixed remuneration is the sum of salary and the direct cost of

providing employee benefits, including superannuation and other

non-cash benefits.

Remuneration is benchmarked against a peer group of

competitors. While market levels of remuneration are monitored

on a regular basis, there is no contractual requirement or

expectation that any adjustments will be made.

The variable component ensures that a proportion of pay

varies with performance. Performance is assessed annually

for performance periods covering one year and three years.

Payment for performance assessed over one year is an STI.

Payment for performance assessed over three years is an LTI.

For 2018, the Spotless Board determined that it was

inappropriate to grant performance rights under the LTI, which

was based on EPS and TSR performance hurdles, due to the

low level of free float shares in Spotless and lack of trading

liquidity following the takeover by Downer. Accordingly, for 2018,

the maximum value of the STI was increased from 100% to

150% of fixed remuneration and STI deferral was introduced.

The Spotless Board will give consideration to a longer term

approach for 2019.

38 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

6.7.2 STI tabular summary

The following table outlines the major features of the Spotless 2018 STI plan.

Minimum performance “gateway”

before any payments can be made

Achievement of a gateway based on budgeted NPAT must be met before any STI payment can be

made. A further Zero Harm gateway must be met for an award for safety performance to be made.

Maximum STI that can be earned100% of fixed remuneration. This was increased to 150% for 2018 only as no LTI grant

was made for 2018.

Percentage of STI that can

be earned on achieving

target expectations

75% of the maximum. For an executive to receive more, performance in excess of target

expectations will be required.

Discretion to vary paymentsThe Board, in its discretion, may vary STI payments by up to + or – 100% from the payment

applicable to the level of performance achieved, up to the maximum for that executive.

Performance period1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018.

Performance assessedAugust 2018, following audit of accounts.

Additional service period

after performance period for

payment to be made

50% of the award is deferred with the first tranche of 25% vesting one year following award and

the second tranche of 25% vesting two years following award.

Payment timingSeptember 2018 for the first payment of 50% of the award. The deferred components of

the STI payments will be paid one and two years following the award, in equal tranches of

25% of the award.

Form of paymentPayments are made in cash.

Performance requirementsThe Spotless performance scorecard is comprised of the following measures:

Measure Weighting

N PAT 3 0 %

FFO 30%

Revenue 10%

Zero Harm – Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 20%

People – talent and succession planning, regrettable turnover 10%

Board discretionThe Board may exercise discretion to reduce partly or fully the value of the deferred

components that are due to vest in certain circumstances, including where an executive has

acted inappropriately or where the Board considers that the financial results against which

the STI performance measures were tested were incorrect in a material respect or have been

reversed or restated.

Terminating executivesThere is no STI entitlement where employment terminates prior to the end of the financial year.

Where employment terminates prior to the vesting date, the unvested deferred components will

be forfeited other than where the Spotless Board judges to be an eligible leaver.

These arrangements reflect changes from the previous Spotless remuneration framework and an intention of the Spotless Board to

align with the Downer framework as appropriate.

Further information on Spotless’ remuneration practices is contained in its Remuneration Report which can be found on the Spotless

website www. spotless.com.

Annual Report 2018 39
7. Details of executive remuneration

7.1 Remuneration received in relation to the 2018 financial year

Executives receive a mix of remuneration during the year, comprising fixed remuneration, an STI paid in cash and an LTI in the form of

performance rights that vest four years later, subject to meeting performance and continued employment conditions.

The table below lists the remuneration actually received in relation to the 2018 financial year, comprising fixed remuneration, cash STIs

relating to 2018, deferred STIs payable in 2018 in respect of prior years and the value of LTI grants that vested during the 2018 financial

year. This information differs to that provided in the statutory remuneration table at section 7.2 which shows the accounting expense

of LTIs and deferred STIs for 2018 determined in accordance with accounting standards rather than the value of LTI grants that vested

during the year.

Fixed

Remuneration

1

$

Cash Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

current year

$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable in

respect of

prior years

$

To t a l

payments

$

Equity

that vested

during 2017

3

$

To t a l

remuneration

received

$

G A Fenn

2,4

2,060,323840,300804,4003,705,023–3,705,023

S Cinerari

2,4

1,082,745492,580485,7752,061,100–2,061,100

M J Ferguson

2,5

825,000267, 8 46135,5771,228,423–1,228,423

S L Killeen

2,5

829,185200,47634,3671,064,028–1,064,028

M J Miller

2,5

483,882156,576116,222756,680–756,680

D Nelson

2

948,731506,237–1,454,968–1,454,968

D J Overall

4

800,891–581,7451,382,636–1,382,636

B C Petersen

2,4

852,640283,146189,5531,325,339–1,325,339

7,883,3972 ,747,1612 , 347,63912,978,197–12,978,197

1 Fixed remuneration comprises salary and fees, payment of leave entitlements, non-monetary benefits and superannuation payments.

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2018 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of the

award. The remaining 50% of the total award is deferred as described in section 6.3.

3 Represents the value of restricted shares granted in previous years that vested during the year, calculated as the number of restricted shares that vested multiplied by the

closing market prices of Downer shares on the vesting date.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2018, being the second deferred component of the 2016 award and the first deferred

component of the 2017 award, being 25% of each award.

5 Deferred Bonus represents the deferred cash bonus amount to be paid in September 2018, being the first deferred component of the 2017 award, being 25% of the award.

40 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

7.2 Remuneration of executive key management personnel required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

2018

Short-term

employee benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn

2,4

1,766,618840,300859,283273,65620,049–3,759,9061,373,2755,133,181

S Cinerari

2,4

1,038,284492,580491,05414,08430,377–2,066,379546,2502,612,629

M J Ferguson

2,4

792,549267, 8 46224,58312,40220,049–1,317,429211,2201,528,649

S L Killeen

2,4

750,268200,476109,8547,13071,787–1,139,51586,1001,225,615

M J Miller

1,2,4

450,420156,576192,51119,77313,689–832,969187,06 31,020,032

D Nelson

1,2,4

931,394506,237210,9322,30015,037–1,665,900–1,665,900

D J Overall

1,2,4

785,743–335,9842,31912,829–1,136,875161,5001,298,375

B C Petersen

2,4

821,267283,146260,14011,32420,049–1,395,926276,3511,672,277

7,336,5432 ,747,1612 ,684,341342,988203,866–13,314,8992 ,841,75916,156,658

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2018 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in sections 8.2 and 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities

remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2018 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

2017

Short-term

employee benefits

Post-employment

benefits

Salary

and fees

$

Cash Bonus

paid or

payable in

respect

of current

year

$

Deferred

Bonus paid

or payable

4

$

Non-

monetary

$

Super-

annuation

$

Other

benefits

$

Subtotal

$

Share-based

payment

transac-

tions

3

$

To t a l

$

G A Fenn

2,4

1,775,384964,100803,667288,05019,616–3,850,8171,656,7135,507,530

S Cinerari

2,4

980,384495,550467, 31319,91626,276–1,989,439593,4372,582,876

M J Ferguson

2,4

659,616271,153112,9808,26819,616–1,071,633119,4731,191,106

S L Killeen

1,2,4

289,64866,12928,6392,35110,792–397, 5 59–397, 5 59

M J Miller

2,4

638,762232,44496,85216,62219,616–1,004,296111,5071,115,803

D J Overall

2,4,5

1,326,197568,277584,9408,49519,616395,7082,903,233496,2083 , 3 99,4 41

B C Petersen

2,4

810,235315,913157,96120,14919,616–1,323,874184,6041, 508 ,478

6,480,2262,913,5662,252,352363,851135,148395,70812,540,8513,161,94215,702,793

1 Amounts represent the payments relating to the period during which the individuals were Key Management Personnel (KMP).

2 Cash Bonus paid or payable in respect of current year represents cash payments in relation to the 2017 financial year. These comprise the 50% cash component of

the award.

3 Represents the value of vested and unvested equity expensed during the period including reversal for forfeited equity incentives and the probability of the incentives

vesting, in accordance with AASB 2 Share-based Payment, related to grants made to the executive, as outlined in sections 8.2 and 8.3. Vesting of the majority of securities

remains subject to significant performance and service conditions as outlined in section 6.4.

4 Deferred Bonus represents the value of deferred components attributable to the 2017 financial year based on amortisation of deferred components over the period from the

commencement of the relevant performance year to the end of financial year to which payment of the relevant deferred component relates.

5 D J Overall: Other benefits represents the accrual of the cash retention benefit payable on 21 May 2017 ($395,708), being 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

Annual Report 2018 41
7.3 Performance related remuneration

7.3.1 Performance outcomes required under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

The table below lists the proportions of remuneration paid during the year ended 30 June 2018 that are performance and non-

performance related and the proportion of STIs that were earned during the year ended 30 June 2018 due to the achievement of the

relevant performance targets.

Proportion of

2018 remuneration

2018

Short-term incentive

Performance

Related

%

Non-

performance

Related

%

Paid

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn

1

60408416

S Cinerari

1

59419010

M J Ferguson46548416

S L Killeen32687624

D Nelson43576139

B C Petersen49518911

1 Performance related portion includes the reversal of expense for forfeited equity incentives described in section 6.4.

7.3.2 STI performance outcomes

Specific STI financial and commercial targets remain commercially sensitive and so have not been reported.

In order for an STI to be paid, a minimum of 90% of the budgeted profit target must be met. For corporate executives, the hurdle is

90% of the Group budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as NPATA. For divisional executives, the hurdle is 90% of the

division budgeted profit target. Profit for this purpose is defined as EBITA.

The following table summarises the average performance achieved by the KMP across each element of the scorecard.

Group

N PATA

Divisional

E B I TA

Group

FFO

Divisional

FFO

Zero

HarmPeople

Weighting of scorecard elementCorporate30.030.030.010.0

Division7. 522.57. 522.530.010.0

Percentage of the element achievedCorporate58.4100.0100.065.0

Division

1

58.466.7100.095.296.048.6

1 Performance includes the results for each Division for each element, even if the EBITA gateway was not achieved.

42 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

The following table sets out the performance achieved by each KMP across each element of the scorecard.

G A Fenn and M J Ferguson

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement•

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA )

FFO

S Cinerari

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO•

S L Killeen

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental

PeopleEmployee engagement

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO

D Nelson

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety•

PeopleTalent and succession•

FinancialProfit (NPAT)

FFO

Revenue

B C Petersen

ElementMeasureThresholdTargetMaximum

Zero HarmSafety and Environmental•

PeopleEmployee engagement•

FinancialP r o f i t ( N PATA / E B I TA )

FFO•

For 2018, the IPM applied to each member of the KMP ranged from 0.9 to 1.

Annual Report 2018 43
7.3.3 LTI performance outcomes

The table below summarises LTI performance measures tested and the outcomes for each executive.

Relevant

executives

Relevant

LT I m e a s u r e

Performance

outcome

% LTI tranche

that vested

G A Fenn,

S Cinerari,

D J Overall

2015 plan

TSR tranche – percentile ranking of

Downer’s TSR relative to the constituents

of the ASX100 over a three-year period.

Actual performance ranked at

the 76th percentile.

100% became

provisionally qualified.

EPS tranche – compound annual

earnings per share growth against

absolute targets over a three-year period.

Actual performance was

–4.95%.

0% became provisionally qualified.

100% were forfeited.

Scorecard tranche – sustained NPAT and

FFO performance against budget over a

three-year period.

Actual performance was 102.6%

for NPAT and 170.5% for FFO.

87.1% became

provisionally qualified.

12.9% were forfeited.

7.4 Major transactions and significant items

7.4.1 Major transactions

In 2018 Downer continued to optimise its portfolio in keeping with its strategy of creating efficient market positions to deliver long-term

shareholder value through restructuring, partnering, acquisition and divestment.

Downer undertook five M&A transactions and a significant restructure of existing businesses during 2018. These transactions were the

acquisition of Cabrini Linen Service, Envista, Integrated Services and UrbanGrid and the divestment of the Freight Rail business.

The acquisition and integration of Spotless continued during 2018 which was also restructured in order to align its service offerings

with its core markets. Downer achieved majority ownership of Spotless on 27 June 2017, with Downer nominated Directors appointed

to the Spotless Board on 19 July 2017. In setting the 2018 financial targets at the beginning of the performance period, the mid-point

of 2018 underlying earnings guidance provided by the pre-acquisition Spotless Board was adopted by Downer and management has

been measured against these operational performance targets. Several unbudgeted non-operational items were incurred for integration

costs, redundancy costs and costs associated with completion of the Strategy Reset program established by the pre-acquisition

Spotless Board.

In accordance with its policy, the Board considered the impact of each major transaction on incentive outcomes and determined that:

–The performance of the Cabrini Linen Service business was reflected in the budget and accordingly no adjustment would be made

to incentive outcomes;

–The Integrated Services acquisition was immaterial and accordingly no adjustment would be made to incentive outcomes;

–The UrbanGrid acquisition was immaterial and accordingly no adjustment would be made to incentive outcomes;

–The divestment of the Freight Rail business was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust

incentive outcomes;

–The acquisition of Envista was a material, unbudgeted transaction for which it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes; and

–Costs related to the Spotless acquisition for integration, senior management redundancy and completion of Strategy Reset were

material and unbudgeted and it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes.

44 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

7.4.2 Significant items

During the year there were three significant one-off items. The Board considers such items at the end of each performance period and

whether it is appropriate to adjust for their impact on incentive outcomes. In forming its views, the Board noted the robust operational

performance of the Company and strong returns to shareholders through TSR returns of 11.1% and 85.1% over one and three years

respectively, share price growth and increase in the dividend rate.

The Board considered it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for the following items:

ItemDescription

Mining goodwill impairmentIn February 2018, a $76.4 million non-cash impairment of goodwill in the Mining

business was made.

The earnings of the Mining division in 2018 (excluding the impairment) were below target

threshold levels and accordingly the Mining Division did not meet its 2018 earnings gate for STI

purposes. The negative impact of the lower earnings have also been reflected in the 2018 Group

earnings for STI and LTI purposes.

The Mining division has subsequently won contracts including at the Blackwater, Carrapateena,

Century and CSA mines.

The Board noted the negative impact on the STI outcomes from reduced Mining earnings

(excluding the impairment) and that there had been no noticeable negative impact on the share

price from the impairment and that shareholder returns continued to be strong, with TSR of 11.1%

over one year and 85.1% over three years, share price growth and an increase in the dividend rate

recorded for FY18.

Accordingly, the Board determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for

the impairment.

Organisational restructuring costsIn 2018, the following management restructures were implemented:

–The Mining Division was merged with the Engineering, Construction and Maintenance

Division to form a new Division: Mining, Energy and Industrial Services; and

–The Rail Division was merged into the Infrastructure Services Division to form the Transport

and Infrastructure Division.

The Board believes that maintaining flexibility in adapting to changing markets is important to the

achievement of Downer’s objectives, including creating shareholder wealth and that management

should be encouraged to make decisions in the best interests of the Company without the

influence of incentive outcomes. The restructures will also deliver significant synergies.

Implementation of these restructures in 2018, rather than in a future reporting period was

considered to be in the best interest of Downer, notwithstanding that allowance for restructuring

costs was not made in the budget.

Accordingly, it was determined that it was appropriate to adjust incentive outcomes for this item.

Auburn Maintenance

Centre remediation

Ground subsidence at the Auburn (Waratah) Train Maintenance Centre was identified in 2014.

Downer has since completed rectification work and pursued associated legal claims.

In March 2018, Downer was unsuccessful in respect of the contractual claims related to the

ground subsidence and as a result expensed unbudgeted remediation and legal costs of

approximately $25 million which it had expected to recover.

The Board noted that this was a legacy issue and that current management had appropriately

overseen the remediation work and the legal claim.

Notwithstanding, no adjustment was made to incentive outcomes for this item.

Annual Report 2018 45
7.4.3 Adjustments made to incentive calculations for major transactions and significant items

The Board determined that the following adjustments be made to KPI calculations for the impact of major transactions and significant

items. The adjustments mean that executives are ‘no better or worse off’ as a result of the transactions and significant items so that

performance is measured against delivery of the Company’s budget and business plan.

MeasureAdjustmentImpact on STIImpact on LTI

N PATA ( S T I )

N PAT ( LT I )

Net increase of $159.2 million comprised of:

–Exclusion of loss on divestment of Freight Rail

of $40.6 million;

–Exclusion of Mining goodwill impairment

of $76.4 million;

–Exclusion of Divisional merger costs

of $20.0 million;

–Exclusion of Spotless related costs (management

redundancies, integration and residual strategy

reset costs) of $24.1 million; and

–Exclusion of operating earnings of Envista (net of

transaction costs) of $1.9 million.

For Corporate

scorecard participants:

–the gateway was

met; and

–58.4% of the NPATA

measure was achieved.

For Mining scorecard

participants, the gateway was

not met and no STI was paid.

An increase from nil to

52.4% of rights in the NPAT

tranche met the performance

condition. This equates to

8.7% of the total number of

rights in the grant.


FFONet decrease of $67.2 million comprised of:

–Exclusion of the net proceed on divestment of

Freight Rail of $109.0 million; and

–Exclusion of the cash flow impact on Envista

acquisition (transaction costs, net interest

expense, operating cash and payment for business

acquisition) of $41.8 million.

No change.No change.

Zero HarmThe Zero Harm performance of acquired businesses

has been excluded.

Not applicable as acquired

businesses historical

performance has been

measured on a different basis.

Not applicable.

EPS –The use of NPAT adjusted as set out above; and

–Exclusion of shares issued under the capital

raising from the weighted average number of

shares calculation.

Not applicable.No change.

TSRNo adjustments were made.Not applicable.No change.

7.4.4 Future periods

For major transactions completed in 2018, the impact on operational performance is included in the 2019 budget and accordingly no

adjustments are expected in respect of FY19 operational performance.

7.5 Variance from policy

There were no variances from policy during the year.

46 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

8. Executive equity ownership

8.1 Ordinary shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares and performance rights issued by Downer EDI Limited are as follows:

Ordinary sharesPerformance rights

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

No.No.No.No.No.No.

G A Fenn826,226–826,2261,757,163128,2171,885,380

S Cinerari10,407–10,407626,42172,7 74699,195

M J Ferguson–––94,41170,584164,995

S L Killeen1,000–1,000–66,24066,240

D Nelson––––––

B C Petersen–2,5102,510170,01670,584240,600

KMP equity holdings in fully paid ordinary shares issued by Spotless Group Holdings Limited are as follows:

Ordinary shares

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

No.No.No.

D Nelson634,377(634,377)–

8.2 Preference shares

KMP equity holdings in fully paid preference shares issued by Works Finance (NZ) Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Downer EDI

Limited, are as follows:

Preference shares

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

No.No.No.

S L Killeen3,000–3,000

Annual Report 2018 47
8.3 Options and rights

No performance options were granted by Downer EDI Limited or exercised during the 2018 financial year.

As outlined in section 6.4.1, the LTI plan for the 2018 financial year is in the form of performance rights. Relief from certain regulatory

requirements was applied for and has been received from the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. During the year,

grants of performance rights were made to KMP in respect of the 2018 financial year.

The following table shows the number of performance rights granted by Downer EDI Limited and percentage of performance rights

that vested or were forfeited during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2015 Plan2016 Plan2017 Plan2018 Plan

Number

of per-

formance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number

of per-

formance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number

of per-

formance

rights

3

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number

of per-

formance

rights

4

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

G A Fenn5 41, 920–37.6711,717––503,526––332,160––

S Cinerari170,705–37.6266,894––188,822––137,016––

M J Ferguson––––––94,411––70,584––

S L Killeen–––––––––66,240––

D Nelson––––––––––––

B C Petersen–––63,017––106,999––70,584––

1 Grant date 2 June 2015. The fair value of shares granted was $4.23 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $1.70 per share for the TSR tranche.

2 Grant date 30 June 2016. The fair value of shares granted was $3.24 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $0.97 per share for the TSR tranche.

3 Grant date 21 June 2017. The fair value of shares granted was $5.29 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $4.61 per share for the TSR tranche.

4 Grant date 21 June 2018. The fair value of shares granted was $6.12 per share for the EPS and Scorecard tranches and $3.38 per share for the TSR tranche.

KMP equity holdings in options and rights issued by Spotless Group Holdings Limited are as follows:

OptionsRights

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

No.No.No.No.No.No.

D Nelson1,484,089(272,177)1,211,912348,838(348,838)–

The following table shows the number of options and rights granted by Spotless Group Holdings Limited and percentage of

performance rights that vested or lapsed during the year for each grant that affects compensation in this or future reporting periods.

2014 Options2015 Options2016 Rights

Number

of per-

formance

rights

1

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number

of per-

formance

rights

2

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

Number

of per-

formance

rights

3

Vested

%

Forfeited

%

D Nelson272,177–1001,211,912––348,838100–

1 Grant date 23 May 2014. The fair value of options granted was $0.213 per option for the EPS tranche and $0.209 per option for the TSR tranche. The exercise price was

$1.60 per option.

2 Grant date 28 September 2015. The fair value of options granted was $0.251 per option for the EPS tranche and $0.238 per option for the TSR tranche. The exercise price

was $2.07 per option.

3 Grant date 24 November 2016. The fair value of rights granted was $0.744 per right for the EPS tranche and $0.496 per right for the TSR tranche.

48 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

The maximum number of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based

payments in future years is set out in the table below:

Maximum number of shares

for the vesting year

2019202020212022

G A Fenn3 37,97 7711,717503,526332,160

S Cinerari106,463266,894188,822137,016

M J Ferguson––94,41170,584

S L Killeen–––66,240

D Nelson

1

1,211,912–––

B C Petersen–63,017106,99970,584

1 Options granted to D Nelson that may vest in future years relate to shares in Spotless Group Holdings Limited.

The maximum value of performance options and rights that may vest in future years that will be recognised as share-based payments

in future years is set out in the table below. The amount reported is the value of share-based payments calculated in accordance with

AASB 2 Share-based Payment over the vesting period.

201920202021

G A Fenn1,625,8311,070,144432,953

S Cinerari625,922417, 5 3 9178,593

M J Ferguson211,475211,47592,002

S L Killeen86,34086,34086,340

D Nelson

1

–––

B C Petersen276,607227,40592,002

1 Options granted to D Nelson that may vest in future years relate to shares in Spotless Group Holdings Limited.

8.4 Remuneration consultants

Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd was engaged by the Board Remuneration Committee to provide remuneration advice in relation to KMP,

but did not provide the Board Remuneration Committee with remuneration recommendations as defined under Division 1, Part 1.2,

9B (1) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

The Board was satisfied that advice received was free from any undue influence by Key Management Personnel to whom the advice

may relate, because strict protocols were observed and complied with regarding any interaction between Guerdon Associates Pty Ltd

and management, and because all remuneration advice was provided to the Board Remuneration Committee chair.

9. Key terms of employment contracts

9.1 Notice and termination payments

Executives are on contracts with no fixed end date.

The following table captures the notice periods applicable to termination of the employment of executives.

Termination notice

period by Downer

Termination notice

period by employee

Termination payments

payable under contract

Managing Director12 months6 months12 months

Other Executives12 months6 months12 months

Termination payments are calculated based upon total fixed remuneration at the date of termination. No payment is made for

termination due to gross misconduct.

Annual Report 2018 49
9.2 Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Downer’s employment agreement

Mr Fenn was appointed as the Managing Director of Downer commencing on 30 July 2010. The following table sets out the key terms

of the Managing Director’s employment agreement.

Te r mUntil terminated by either party.

Fixed remuneration$2.0 million per annum. This has remained unchanged since July 2012.

Fixed remuneration includes superannuation and non-cash benefits but excludes entitlements to

reimbursement for Mr Fenn’s home telephone rental and call costs, home internet costs and medical, life and

salary continuance insurance. Mr Fenn may also be accompanied by his wife when travelling on business, at the

Chairman’s discretion. There was no such travel during the year.

STI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to receive an annual STI and the maximum STI opportunity is 100% of fixed remuneration.

Any entitlement to an STI is at the discretion of the Board, having regard to performance measures and targets

developed in consultation with Mr Fenn including Downer’s financial performance, safety, people, environmental

and sustainability targets and adherence to risk management policies and practices. The Board also retains

the right to vary the STI by + or – 100% (up to the 100% maximum) based on its assessment of performance.

The STI deferral arrangements in place for KMP apply to Mr Fenn.

There is no STI entitlement where the Managing Director’s employment terminates prior to the end of the

financial year, other than in the event of a change in control or by mutual agreement.

LTI opportunityMr Fenn is eligible to participate in the annual LTI plan and the value of the award is 100% of fixed remuneration

calculated using the volume weighted average price after each year’s half yearly results announcement.

Mr Fenn’s performance requirements have been described in section 6.4.

In the event of a change of control, providing at least 12 months of a grant’s performance period have elapsed,

unvested shares and performance rights pro rated with the elapsed service period are tested for vesting with

performance against the relevant hurdles for that period and vest, as appropriate. Shares that have already been

tested, have met performance requirements and are subject to the completion of the service condition, fully vest.

Te r m i n a t i o nMr Fenn can resign:

a) By providing six months’ written notice; or

b) Immediately in circumstances where there is a fundamental change in his role or responsibilities. In these

circumstances, Mr Fenn is entitled to a payment in lieu of 12 months’ notice.

Downer can terminate Mr Fenn’s employment:

c) Immediately for misconduct or other circumstances justifying summary dismissal; or

d) By providing 12 months’ written notice.

When notice is required, Downer can make a payment in lieu of notice of all or part of any notice period

(calculated based on Mr Fenn’s fixed annual remuneration).

If Mr Fenn resigns because ill health prevents him from continuing his duties, he will receive a payment in

recognition of his past services equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration. At the discretion of the Board, his

shares under the LTI plan may also vest.

If Downer terminates Mr Fenn’s employment on account of redundancy, in addition to the notice (or payment in

lieu of notice) required to be given by Downer, Mr Fenn will receive a payment in recognition of his past services

equivalent to 12 months’ fixed remuneration.

If Mr Fenn resigns he will be subject to a six-month post-employment restraint in certain areas where the Downer

Group operates, where he is restricted from working for competitive businesses.

OtherThe agreement contains provisions regarding leave entitlements, duties, confidentiality, intellectual property,

moral rights and other facilitative and ancillary clauses. It also contains provisions regarding corporate

governance and a provision dealing with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) limits on termination benefits to be

made to Mr Fenn.

50 Downer EDI Limited
Directors’ Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

10. Related party information

10.1 Transactions with other related parties

Transactions entered into during the year with Directors of Downer EDI Limited and the Group are within normal employee, customer

or supplier relationships on terms and conditions no more favourable than dealings in the same circumstances on an arm’s length

basis and included;

–the receipt of dividends from Downer EDI Limited;

–participation in the Long Term Incentive Plan;

–terms and conditions of employment; and

–reimbursement of expenses.

A number of Directors of the Company hold directorships in other entities. Several of these entities transacted with the Group on terms

and conditions no more favourable than those available on an arm’s length basis.

11. Description of Non-executive Director remuneration

11.1 Non-executive Director remuneration policy

Downer’s Non-executive Director remuneration policy is to provide fair remuneration that is sufficient to attract and retain Directors

with the experience, knowledge, skills and judgment to steward the Company.

There has been no change to the level of Non-executive Director fees since the prior reporting period and there will be no changes in

the 2019 financial year.

Fees for Non-executive Directors are fixed and are not linked to the financial performance of the Company. The Board believes this is

necessary for Non-executive Directors to maintain their independence.

Shareholders approved an annual aggregate cap of $2.0 million for Non-executive Director fees at the 2008 AGM. The allocation of

fees to Non-executive Directors within this cap has been determined after consideration of a number of factors, including the time

commitment of Directors, the size and scale of the Company’s operations, the skill sets of Board members, the quantum of fees paid to

Non-executive Directors of comparable companies and participation in Board Committee work.

The basis of fees and the fee pool are reviewed when new Directors are appointed to the Board, when the structure of the Board

changes, or at least every three years. Reference is made to individual Non-executive Director fee levels and workload (i.e. number of

meetings and the number of Directors) at comparably sized companies from all industries other than the financial services sector, and

the fee pools at these companies. In addition, an assessment is made on the extent of flexibility provided by the fee pool to recruit any

additional Directors for planned succession after allocation of fees to existing Directors.

The Chairman receives a base fee of $375,000 per annum (inclusive of all Committee fees) plus superannuation. The other Non-

executive Directors each receive a base fee of $150,000 per annum plus superannuation. Additional fees are paid for Committee duties:

$35,000 for the chair of the Audit & Risk Committee; and $15,000 for the chair of each of the Zero Harm Committee, Remuneration

Committee, Rail Projects Committee and Tender Risk Evaluation Committee.

Non-executive Directors are not entitled to retirement benefits. All Non-executive Directors are entitled to payment of statutory

superannuation entitlements in addition to Directors’ fees.

Annual Report 2018 51
11.2 Non-executive Directors’ remuneration

The table below sets out the remuneration paid to Non-executive Directors for the 2018 and 2017 financial years.

Short-term benefitsPost-employment benefits

Ye a r

Board fee

$

Chair fee

$

Total fees

$

Superannuation

$

Termination

benefits

$

To t a l

$

R M Harding2018375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

2017375,000–375,00035,625–410,625

S A Chaplain2018150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575

2017150,00035,000185,00017, 575–202,575

P S Garling2018150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

2017150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

T G Handicott2018150,00015,000165,00015,675–180,675

2017114,45411,250125,70411,942–137,6 46

N M Hollows20184,566–4,566434–5,000

2017––––––

E A Howell201850,833–50,8334,829–55,662

2017150,00011,250161,25015,319–176,569

C G Thorne2018150,00030,000180,00017,100–197,100

2017150,00018,750168,75016,031–184,781

11.3 Equity held by Non-executive Directors

The table below sets out the equity in Downer held by Non-executive Directors for the 2018 and 2017 financial years.

20182017

Balance at

1 July 2017

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2018

Balance at

1 July 2016

Net

change

Balance at

30 June 2017

R M Harding14,210–14,21010,1504,06014,210

S A Chaplain103,799–103,79974,14229,657103,799

P S Garling16,940–16,94012,1004,84016,940

T G Handicott14,000–14,000–14,00014,000

N M Hollows––––––

C G Thorne82,922–82,92259,23023,69282,922

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to section 298(2) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 16 August 2018

52 Downer EDI Limited
Auditor’s Independence Declaration


KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG

International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

Liability limited by a scheme approved under

ProfessionalStandards Legislation.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration under

Section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001

To the Directors of Downer EDI Limited

I declare that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, in relation to the audit of Downer EDI Limited for

the year ended 30 June 2018 there have been:

i.no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements as set out in the Corporations

Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

ii.no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.


KPM_INI_01

PAR_SIG_01 PAR_NAM_01 PAR_POS_01 PAR_DAT_01 PAR_CIT_01

KPMG






John Teer

Partner


Sydney

16 August 2018

Annual Report 2018 53
Independent Auditor’s Report

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the shareholders of Downer EDI Limited

Report on the audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the Financial Report of

Downer EDI Limited (the Company).

In our opinion, the accompanying Financial

Report of the Company is in accordance

with the Corporations Act 2001, including:


giving a true and fair view of the

Group’s financial position as at 30

June 2018 and of its financial

performance for the year ended on

that date; and


complying with Australian Accounting

Standards and the Corporations

Regulations 2001.

The Financial Report comprises:


Consolidated Statement of financial position as

at 30 June 2018


Consolidated Statement of profit or loss and

other comprehensive income, Consolidated

Statement of changes in equity, and

Consolidated Statement of cash flows for the

year then ended


Notes including a summary of significant

accounting policies


Directors’ Declaration.

The Group consists of the Company and the entities

it controlled at the year-end or from time to time

during the financial year.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. We believe that the audit

evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for

the audit of the Financial Report section of our report.

We are independent of the Group in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical

requirements of the Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics

for Professional Accountants (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the Financial Report in

Australia. We have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

KPMG, an Australian partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International

Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

54 Downer EDI Limited
Key Audit Matters

The Key Audit Matters we identified are:


Recognition of revenue and

transitional adjustment to AASB 15

Revenue from Contracts with

Customers


Value of goodwill


Acquisition of controlled entities

Key Audit Matters are those matters that, in our

professional judgement, were of most significance in

our audit of the Financial Report of the current period.

These matters were addressed in the context of our

audit of the Financial Report as a whole, and in forming

our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate

opinion on these matters.


Recognition of revenue and transitional adjustments to AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with

Customers

Refer to Note B2 ‘Revenue and other income’ ($12,620.2m) and Note G1(b) New accounting

standards and interpretations not yet adopted.

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

A substantial amount of the Group’s revenue

relates to revenue from the rendering of

services and construction contracts. Where

these services and/or contracts have a long-

term duration, revenue and margin are

recognised based on the stage of completion of

individual contracts. This is predominantly

calculated on the proportion of total costs

incurred at the reporting date compared to the

Group’s estimation of total costs of the

contract. We focussed on these types of

contracts due to the high level of estimation

involved, in particular relating to:


Forecasting total cost to complete at

initiation of the contract, including the

estimation of cost contingencies for

contracting risks;


Revisions to total forecast costs for certain

events or conditions that occur during the

performance of the contract, or are

expected to occur to complete the

contract; and


The recognition of variations and claims,

based on an assessment by the Group as

to the probability the amount will be

approved by the customer and therefore

recovered.

We focused on this area as a key audit matter

due to the number and type of estimation

events that may occur over the course of the

Our procedures included:


We evaluated the Group’s process regarding

accounting for the Group’s contract revenues.

We tested controls such as:


the authorisation of monthly project

valuations, which involves management

review and approval of key contract KPIs,

including cashflows;


management’s review assessment and

approval of significant changes in work in

progress balances;


management’s review assessment of

project unapproved variations and claims,

and responses to project risk ratings;


management’s review and approval of bid

information including estimated project

milestones, projected Earnings Before

Interest and Tax (EBIT), Net Present Value

(NPV), Return On Funds Employed (ROFE)

and potential legal risks identified by the

Group risk and legal team, as prescribed in

the Group’s risk management process;


We undertook a sample of site visits (to both

contract sites and commercial offices) across

the Group’s major divisions and geographies

to obtain a detailed understanding of the

Group’s contract processes, their consistent

application, and to understand the variety of

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Annual Report 2018 55
contract life, leading to complex and

judgemental revenue recognition from

contracts.

In addition to the above, the transition to the

new accounting standard AASB15 Revenue

from contracts with customers (AASB 15) (with

effect from 1 July 2018 for the Group) has

resulted in additional disclosure of the expected

transition adjustments. We focussed on this as

a key audit matter due to the audit effort

required from:


the complex nature of the changes to the

accounting standard and the impact on

services and construction contract

accounting requiring senior team

involvement; and


the need to consider consistency in

application of AASB 15 across the

components of the Group.

risk elements of the contracts;


We used data analytic routines to select a

sample of contracts for testing based on a

number of quantitative and qualitative factors.

These factors included contracts with

significant deterioration in margin, significant

variations and claims, and factors which

indicated to us a greater level of judgement

was required by the Group when assessing

the revenue recognition based on the

estimates developed for current and forecast

contract performance. For the sample

selected, where relevant:


we read the contract terms and conditions

to evaluate the individual characteristics of

each contract reflected in the Group’s

estimate;


we assessed the estimation of costs to

complete by checking key forecast cost

assumptions to underlying documentation

such as Enterprise Bargaining Agreements

for wage rates, previous purchase invoices

for parts, and agreements with

subcontractors;


we assessed the Group’s ability to forecast

margins on contracts by analysing the

accuracy of previous margin forecasts to

actual outcomes;


we tested the variations and claims both

within contract revenue and contract costs

to underlying documentation, such as

timesheets, correspondence with

customers and objective time and cost

claim experts (where applicable) for

consistency and appropriateness with

contract terms;


we evaluated the Group’s legal and external

experts’ reports received on contentious

matters to identify conditions indicating the

inappropriate recognition of variations and

claims. We checked the consistency of this

to the inclusion or not of an amount in the

estimates used for revenue recognition;


for contracts with significant variation and

claim elements, we used our project

management specialists to evaluate the

claim elements for risk of non-recovery; and


we evaluated significant exposures to

liquidated damages for late delivery of

56 Downer EDI Limited
contract works by assessing the variation

registers, which track the nature, quantum

and status of current exposures.

We evaluated disclosures relating to the transition

to AASB15. For a sample of contracts assessed by

the Group for the transitional impacts of the new

standard we evaluated the conclusions reached by

the Group using our understanding of the

contracts obtained in the procedures noted above,

in the context of the requirements of AASB 15.

We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the transitional adjustment, by

comparing these disclosures to our understanding

of the matter and the requirements of the

accounting standards.



Value of goodwill

Refer to C7 ‘Intangible assets’ ($2,351.5m).

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

The Group has 6 groups of Cash Generating

Units (CGU’s) for which the impairment of

goodwill is assessed, including the recently

acquired Spotless CGU group. As a

consequence, significant audit effort was

required to assess this matter and the value of

goodwill was therefore considered a key audit

matter.

We focussed on the following assumptions in

the Group’s models as a result of the significant

level of judgement applied by the Group:


The determination of CGUs or groups of

CGUs f ollowing the acquisitions made

during the year;


Budgeted future revenue, including the

outcome of tenders, and costs;


Discount rates; and


Terminal growth rate.

In addition to the above, the Group recorded a

full impairment of goodwill for the Mining CGU

at 31 December 2017.

Our procedures included:


We evaluated the Group’s goodwill

impairment assessment process and tested

controls such as the review and approval of

forecasts by management;


We considered the Group’s determination of

their CGUs based on our understanding of the

operations of the Group’s business and how

independent cash inflows were generated,

against the requirements of the accounting

standards;


We obtained the Group’s value in use and

FVLCOD models and checked amounts to a

combination of the FY19 budget and the FY20-

FY21 business plan approved by the Board;


Key inputs to the value in use and FVLCOD

models included forecast revenue, costs,

capital expenditure, discount rates and

terminal growth rates. We challenged the key

market based assumptions to published

industry growth rates and industry reports. For

non-market based assumptions we compared

forecasts to historical costs incurred or

Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Annual Report 2018 57
margins. We also assessed the inclusion of

key ongoing revenue contracts by comparing

the margins in the impairment model to

historical contract margins. For current

tenders we assessed the probability weighting

and margins based on our understanding of

the business;


We assessed the accuracy of previous Group

forecasting to inform our evaluation of

forecasts included in the value in use and

FVLCOD model. We applied increased

scepticism to current period forecasts in areas

where previous forecasts were not achieved

and/or where future uncertainty is greater or

volatility is expected;


We involved our valuation specialists, for

those CGUs with a higher risk of impairment.

Working with our valuation specialists we

independently developed a discount rate

range considered comparable using publicly

available market data for comparable entities,

adjusted by risk factors specific to the Group

and the industry it operates in. Valuation

specialists were also involved in assessing the

value in use and FVLCOD model valuation

methodology against the criteria in the

accounting standards. This included the

treatment of assumptions for capital

expenditure, terminal value and the net

present value calculation;


We performed sensitivity analysis on CGUs in

two main areas, being the discount rate and

terminal growth rate assumptions. For the

CGUs with a higher risk of impairment we

performed a range of sensitivity analyses. This

included the discount rate and terminal growth

rate assumptions, revenue growth and cost

savings targets set by the Group, as well as

probability adjusting the outcomes of key

tenders;


We assessed the Group’s disclosures of the

quantitative and qualitative considerations in

relation to the valuation of goodwill, by

comparing these disclosures to our

understanding of the matter and the

requirements of the accounting standards.



58 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Acquisition of controlled entities

Refer to F2 ‘Acquisition of businesses’’ ($475.9m)

The key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit

During the year the Group purchased controlling

interests in a number of businesses/entities and

finalised the purchase accounting for a number

of business combinations previously

provisionally accounted for (including Spotless

Group Holdings Limited).

Accounting for the purchase of controlling

interests in a number of businesses/entities

acquired during the year and the finalisation of

the previously provisional purchase accounting

is a key audit matter due to the:


Aggregated size of the acquisitions;


The complexity of the finalisation of the

provisional accounting for Spotless Group

Holdings Limited (Spotless) which included

the use of an external expert engaged by

the Group to value acquired intangibles,

requiring our assessment;


Early status of the acquisition accounting

for certain transactions, which remain

provisional at year end. This increases the

possible range of outcomes for the auditor

to consider and is impacted by the reduced

precision of audit evidence; and


Significance of the estimation required for

the Group to determine the fair values, of

acquired assets and liabilities under the

accounting standards, for those

transactions where the acquisition

accounting has been finalised.

We focused on assessing the basis for the

estimations against the allowed criteria in the

accounting standards to determine fair value

and the documentation available from the

Group to date. For those acquisitions where the

purchase accounting has been completed the

key inputs to the valuations were forecast

assumptions relating to:


revenue,


operating costs,


the impact of contributory assets, and


discount rates.

Our procedures included:


We read the Bidders Statement and Sale and

Purchase Agreements (as applicable) to

understand key terms and conditions;


We evaluated the methodology used for the

acquisition accounting against accounting

standard requirements and common industry

practice for the determination of fair value;


We challenged key assumptions in the

Group’s intangible valuation models by

comparing these inputs to historic and current

entity records, and strategic plans;


Working with our valuation specialists, for the

Spotless acquisition we evaluated the

valuation methodology and assumptions used

by the external expert in the Group’s

determination of the fair value of identifiable

intangibles acquired to the requirements of

the accounting standards and publicly available

market data for comparable entities, adjusted

by risk factors specific to the Group and the

industry it operates in;


We assessed the scope of work, capability,

competence and objectivity of the external

expert used by the Group to value the

Spotless acquired intangibles;


We compared the acquired company’s

accounting policies against the Group’s

policies;


We assessed the adequacy of the Group’s

disclosures in respect of the acquisitions

against the requirements of accounting

standards and our knowledge of the

transactions.

Annual Report 2018 59
Other Information

Other Information is financial and non-financial information in Downer EDI Limited’s annual reporting

which is provided in addition to the Financial Report and the Auditor's Report. The Directors are

responsible for the Other Information.

Our opinion on the Financial Report does not cover the Other Information and, accordingly, we do not

express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the

Remuneration Report and our related assurance opinions.

In connection with our audit of the Financial Report, our responsibility is to read the Other

Information. In doing so, we consider whether the Other Information is materially inconsistent with

the Financial Report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially

misstated.

We are required to report if we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this Other

Information, and based on the work we have performed on the Other Information that we obtained

prior to the date of this Auditor’s Report we have nothing to report.

Responsibilities of the Directors for the Financial Report

The Directors are responsible for:


preparing the Financial Report that gives a true and fair view in accordance with Australian

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001


implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of a Financial Report that

gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or

error


assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and whether the use of the going

concern basis of accounting is appropriate. This includes disclosing, as applicable, matters

related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless they either

intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do

so.


Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report

Our objective is:


to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Report as a whole is free from

material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and


to issue an Auditor’s Report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material misstatement when it

exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error. They are considered material if, individually or in the

aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on

the basis of the Financial Report.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Report is located at the

Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at:

http://www.auasb.gov.au/auditors_responsibilities/ar1.pdf This description forms part of our Auditor’s

Report.

60 Downer EDI Limited
Independent Auditor’s Report – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Report on the Remuneration Report

Opinion

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report

of Downer EDI Limited for the year ended

30 June 2018, complies with Section

300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Directors’ responsibilities

The Directors of the Company are responsible for the

preparation and presentation of the Remuneration

Report in accordance with Section 300A of the

Corporations Act 2001.

Our responsibilities

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in

pages 21 to 51 of the Directors’ report for the year

ended 30 June 2018.

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the

Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in

accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.





KPMG














John Teer Cameron Slapp

Partner

Sydney

16 August 2018

Partner

Sydney

16 August 2018

Annual Report 2018 61
Financial Statements

Page 62 Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

Page 63 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

Page 64 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Page 65 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A

About this

report

Page 66-67

B

Business

performance

Page 68-77

C

Operating assets

and liabilities

Page 78-87

D

Employee

benefits

Page 88

E

Capital structure

and financing

Page 89-95

F

Group

structure

Page 96-106

G

Other

Page 107-120

B1

Segment

information

C1

Reconciliation

of cash and

cash equivalents

D1

Employee benefits

E1

Borrowings

F1

Joint arrangements

and associate

entities

G1

New accounting

standards

B2

Profit from ordinary

activities

C2

Trade and other

receivables

D2

Key management

personnel

compensation

E2

Financing facilities

F2

Acquisition of

businesses

G2

Capital and financial

risk management

B3

Earnings per share

C3

Rendering of

services and

construction

contracts

D3

Employee discount

share plan

E3

Commitments

F3

Disposal of

business

G3

Other financial

assets and liabilities

B4

Taxation

C4

Inventories

E4

Issued capital

F4

Controlled entities

B5

Remuneration

of auditors

C5

Trade and other

payables

E5

Reserves

F5

Related party

information

B6

Subsequent events

C6

Property, plant

and equipment

E6

Dividends

F6

Parent entity

disclosures

C7

Intangible assets

C8

Provisions

C9

Contingent

liabilities

Page 121 Directors’ Declaration

Other information

Page 122 Sustainability Performance Summary 2018

Page 127 Corporate Governance

Page 136 Information for Investors

62 Downer EDI Limited
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Revenue from ordinary activitiesB2(a)12,016.6 7, 267.1

Other incomeB2(a)14.3 20.3

Total revenue and other income 12,030.9 7, 287.4

Employee benefits expenseD1(4,034.2)(2 ,787. 3)

Subcontractor costs(3,781.3)(1,740.8)

Raw materials and consumables used(2,199.9)(1, 3 57.0)

Plant and equipment costs(677.1)(502.8)

Depreciation and amortisationC6,C7(370.2)(220.2)

Other expenses from ordinary activities(788.5)(424 .0)

Total expenses(11,851.2)( 7,032 .1)

Share of net profit of joint ventures and associatesF1(a)25.122.5

Earnings before interest and tax 204.827 7. 8

Finance income7.1 14.4

Finance costs(88.2)(41 . 2)

Net finance costs(81.1)(26.8)

Profit before income tax 123.7 251.0

Income tax expenseB4(a)(52.6)(69.5)

Profit after income tax 71.1 181.5

Profit for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest(0.3)–

–Members of the parent entity 71.4 181.5

Profit for the year 71.1 181.5

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

–Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign operations(8.3)0.4

–Net gain / (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts taken to equity4.8 (1.9)

–Net loss on cross currency and interest rate swaps taken to equity(14.0)(2.6)

–Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets(1.3)18.3

–Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss(0.5)(19.1)

–Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income2.6 0.9

Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the year (net of tax)(16.7)(4 .0)

Other comprehensive income for the year is attributable to:

–Non-controlling interest0.7 –

–Members of the parent entity(17. 4)(4 .0)

Other comprehensive income / (loss) for the year(16.7)(4 .0)

Total comprehensive income for the year 54.4 17 7. 5

Earnings per share (cents)

–Basic earnings per shareB3 10.7 35.8

–Diluted earnings per share

(i)

B3 10.7 35.0

(i) At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying

notes on pages 66 to 120.

Annual Report 2018 63
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as at 30 June 2018

Note

30June

2018

$’m

30June

2017

$’m

ASSETS

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalentsC 1(c) 606.2 844.6

Trade and other receivables

(i)

C2 2,121.9 1,722.0

Other financial assetsG3 18.6 12.5

InventoriesC4 268.8 301.7

Current tax assets69.3 45.5

Prepayments and other assets 48.8 49.5

Total current assets 3,133.6 2,975.8

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

(i)

117.7 64.6

Interest in joint ventures and associatesF1(a) 96.0 88.0

Property, plant and equipment

(i)

C6 1,280.4 1,280.4

Intangible assets

(i)

C7 3,050.7 3,031.2

Other financial assetsG3 15.5 17.1

Deferred tax assets

(i)

B 4 (b)75.5 95.8

Prepayments and other assets 18.8 31.7

Total non-current assets 4,654.6 4,608.8

Total assets 7,788 . 2 7, 58 4.6

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payablesC5 2,281.6 1,761.0

BorrowingsE1 153.7 863.2

Other financial liabilitiesG3 43.2 23.8

Employee benefits provisionD1 336.7 365.4

Provisions

(i)

C8 50.7 70.1

Current tax liabilities15.7 7. 2

Total current liabilities 2,881.6 3,090.7

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

(i)

26.5 30.7

BorrowingsE1 1 , 367.5 581.8

Other financial liabilitiesG3 34.2 21.7

Employee benefits provisionD1 38.0 38.2

Provisions

(i)

C8 65.1 53.2

Deferred tax liabilities

(i)

B 4 (b) 170.2 181.8

Total non-current liabilities 1,701.5 907.4

Total liabilities 4,583.1 3,998.1

Net assets 3,205.1 3,586.5

EQUITY

Issued capitalE4 2,421.9 2,421.8

ReservesE5(26.9)(10.9)

Retained earnings 655.1 740.4

Parent interests 3,050.1 3,151.3

Non-controlling interestF2155.0 435.2

Total equity 3,205.1 3,586.5

(i) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

The consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 120.

64 Downer EDI Limited
2018

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non-

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20172,421.8(10.9)740.43,151.3435.23,586.5

Profit after income tax––71.4 71.4 (0.3)71.1 

Other comprehensive income for the year

(net of tax)–(17. 4)–(17. 4)0.7 (16.7)

Total comprehensive income for the year–(17. 4)71.4 54.0 0.4 54.4 

Capital raising

(net of transaction costs and tax)(0.1)––(0.1)–(0.1)

Vested executive incentive share transactions0.2 (0.2)––––

Share-based employee benefits expense–2.8 –2.8 –2.8 

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year–(1.2)–(1.2)–(1.2)

Payment of dividends

(i)

––(156.7)(156.7)–(156.7)

Acquisition of non-controlling interest––––(280.6)(280.6)

Balance at 30 June 20182,421.9 (26.9)655.1 3,050.1 155.0 3,205.1 

(i) Payment of dividend relates to the 2017 final dividend, 2018 interim dividend and $8.0m ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

2017

$’m

Issued

capitalReserves

Retained

earnings

To t a l

attributable

to owners of

the parent

Non–

controlling

interestTo t a l

Balance at 1 July 20161,427. 8(8.8)669.52,088.5–2,088.5

Profit after income tax––181.5181.5–181.5

Other comprehensive income for the year

(net of tax)–(4 .0)–(4.0)–(4.0)

Total comprehensive income for the year–(4 .0)181.5177.5–177.5

Capital raising

(net of transaction costs and tax)

(i)

993.0––993.0–993.0

Acquisition of business

(ii)

––––435.2435.2

Vested executive incentive share transactions1.0(1.0)––––

Share-based employee benefits expense–5.6–5.6–5.6

Income tax relating to share-based

transactions during the year–(2.7)–(2.7)–(2.7)

Payment of dividends

(iii)

––(110.6)(110.6)–(110.6)

Balance at 30 June 20172,421.8(10.9)740.43,151.3435.23,586.5

(i) Relates to capital raising for the Spotless takeover bid. Refer to Note E4.

(ii) Non-controlling interest as a result of Spotless acquisition. Refer to Note F2.

(iii) Payment of dividends relates to 2016 final dividend, 2017 interim dividend and ROADS dividends paid during the financial year.

The consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 120.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Annual Report 2018 65
Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Cash flows from operating activities

Receipts from customers12,856.9 7, 957.7

Distributions from equity accounted investeesF1(a)16.9 17. 9

Payments to suppliers and employees(12,164.3)( 7,462 .0)

Interest received7. 4 11.4

Interest and other costs of finance paid( 77.6)(3 4.4)

Income tax paid(56.0)(4 9 .0)

Net cash generated by operating activitiesC1(a)583.3 4 41.6

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment22.7 23.2

Payments for property, plant and equipment(356.8)(203.6)

Payments for intangible assets(47.0)(37. 9)

Payments for acquisition of SpotlessF2(391.8)(636.1)

Payments for businesses acquiredF2(84.1)(143.2)

Proceeds from sale of businessF3129.6 –

Receipts from investments0.4 0.6

Advances (to) / from joint ventures( 7.1)1.2

Proceeds from sale of assets4.5 –

Net cash used in investing activities(729.6)(995.8)

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from capital raisingE4(a)– 989.9

Issue of shares (net of costs)E4 (b)(0.2)–

Proceeds from borrowings2,043.9 321.2

Repayments of borrowings(1,974.7)(370.0)

Dividends paid(156.7)(110.6)

Net cash (used in) / generated by financing activities(87.7)830.5

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents(234.0)276.3

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year844.6 569.4

Effect of exchange rate changes(4.4)(1.1)

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year606.2 844.6

The consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes on pages 66 to 120.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the year ended 30 June 2018

66 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

for the year ended 30 June 2018

A

About this report

Statement of compliance

These financial statements represent the consolidated results

of Downer EDI Limited (ABN 97 003 872 848). The consolidated

Financial Report (Financial Report) is a general purpose

financial statement which has been prepared in accordance

with Australian Accounting Standards (AASBs) adopted by

the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) and the

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). The Financial Report complies

with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) adopted

by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board

of Directors on 16 August 2018.

Rounding of amounts

Downer is a company of the kind referred to in ASIC Corporations

(Rounding in Financial/Directors’ reports) Instrument 2016/191,

relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’

Report and consolidated financial statements. Unless otherwise

expressly stated, amounts have been rounded off to the nearest

whole number of millions of dollars and one place of decimals

representing hundreds of thousands of dollars in accordance

with that Instrument. Amounts shown as $– represent amounts

less than $50,000 which have been rounded down.

Basis of preparation

The Financial Report has been prepared on a historical cost

basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.

Cost is based on the fair values of the consideration given in

exchange for assets. All amounts are presented in Australian

dollars, unless otherwise noted.

The accounting policies and methods of computation in the

preparation of the Financial Report are consistent with those

adopted and disclosed in Downer’s Annual Report for the

financial year ended 30 June 2017, except in relation to the

relevant amendments and their effects on the current period

or prior periods as described in Note G1.

As previously disclosed, Downer obtained control in Spotless

Group Holdings Limited (Spotless) on 27 June 2017. However,

at 30 June 2017, the Group did not consolidate the trading

performance of Spotless as part of the Group’s consolidated

profit or loss and cash flow as the Directors concluded that

Spotless’ profit or loss and cash flow impact for the three days to

30 June 2017 was not material to the Downer Group.

Downer has commenced the consolidation of Spotless with

effect from 30 June 2017. As at 30 June 2018, Downer holds a

relevant interest of 87.8% (2017: 65.7%). Refer to Note F2.

Accounting estimates and judgements

Preparation of the Financial Report requires management to

make judgements, estimates and assumptions about future

events. Information on material estimates and judgements

considered when applying the accounting policies can be

found in the following notes:

Accounting estimates and

judgements Note Page

Revenue recognitionB271

Recovery of deferred tax assetsB475

Income taxesB475

Capitalisation of tender/bid costsC279

Useful lives and residual values C681

Impairment of assetsC783

ProvisionsC886

Annual leave and long service leaveD188

Accounting for acquisition of businessesF2102

Significant accounting policies

Accounting policies are selected and applied in a manner that

ensures that the resulting financial information satisfies the

concepts of relevance and reliability, thereby ensuring that

the substance of the underlying transactions or other events

is reported. Other significant accounting policies are contained

in the notes to the Financial Report to which they relate.

(i) Principles of consolidation

The Financial Report incorporates the financial statements

of the Company and entities controlled by the Group and its

subsidiaries. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed

to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with

the entity and has the ability to affect those returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those

returns through its power over the entity.

The Financial Report includes the information and results

of each subsidiary from the date on which the Company

obtains control and until such time as the Company ceases

to control such entity.

In preparing the Financial Report, all intercompany balances

and transactions, and unrealised profits arising within the

consolidated entity, are eliminated in full.

Annual Report 2018 67
A. About this report – continued

(ii) Foreign currency

Transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign

currencies are translated into Australian dollars at reporting date

using the following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount Applicable exchange rate

Transactions Date of transaction

Monetary assets and liabilitiesReporting date

Non-monetary assets and

liabilities carried at fair value Date fair value is determined

Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from translation are

recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for qualifying

cash flow hedges which are deferred to equity.

On consolidation the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of

foreign operations are translated into Australian dollars using the

following applicable exchange rates:

Foreign currency amount Applicable exchange rate

Income and expenses Average exchange rate

Assets and liabilities Reporting date

EquityHistorical date

Reserves Reporting date

Foreign exchange differences resulting from translation are

initially recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve

and subsequently transferred to the profit or loss on disposal

of the foreign operation.

(iii) Finance and borrowing costs

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, cost

to establish financing facilities (which are expensed over the

term of the facility), losses on ineffective hedging instruments

that are recognised in profit or loss and finance lease charges.

(iv) Available‑for‑sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are stated at fair value less

impairment. Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value

are recognised directly in the available-for-sale revaluation

reserve, until the investment is disposed of or is determined

to be impaired or control of an acquiree is obtained, at which

time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in the

available-for-sale revaluation reserve is included in the profit

or loss for the year.

68 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

B

Business performance

This section provides the information that is most relevant to understanding the financial performance of the Group during

the financial year and, where relevant, the accounting policies applied and the critical judgements and estimates made.

B1. Segment information

B2. Profit from ordinary activities

B3. Earnings per share

B 4 . Ta x a ti o n

B5. Remuneration of auditors

B6. Subsequent events

B1. Segment information

Identification of reportable segments

An operating segment is a component of an entity that engages

in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur

expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the

Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to effectively

allocate Group resources and assess performance.

The Group has identified its operating segments based on the

internal reports that are reviewed and used by the Group CEO

in assessing performance and in determining the allocation of

resources. The operating segments are identified by the Group

based on the nature of the services provided. Discrete financial

information about each of these operating businesses is reported

to the Group CEO on a recurring basis.

The reportable segments are based on a combination of operating

segments determined by the similarity of the services provided,

and the sources of the Group’s major risks that could therefore

have the greatest effect on the rates of return. Downer has

determined that reportable segments are best represented

as service lines.

The reportable segments identified within the Group are outlined below:

Service lineSegment description

Transport Comprises the Group’s road, rail infrastructure, bridge, airport and port businesses and provides a broad range

of transport infrastructure services including: earthworks; civil construction; asset management; maintenance;

surfacing and stabilisation; supply of bituminous products and logistics; open space and facilities management;

and rail track signalling and electrification works.

UtilitiesComprises the Group’s power, gas, water, renewable energy and telecommunications businesses. This includes:

planning, designing, constructing, operating, maintaining, managing and decommissioning power and gas network

assets; providing complete water lifecycle solutions for municipal and industrial water users including pipeline

bursting and civil maintenance; and design, build and maintenance services for wind farms, wind turbine sites

and solar farms; as well as feasibility, design, civil construction, network construction, commissioning, testing,

operations and maintenance across fibre, copper and radio networks as well as data centre services, automated

ticketing and intelligent transport technology solutions.

RailProvides total rail asset solutions including passenger build, operations and maintenance, component overhauls

and after-market services.

Engineering,

Construction

and Maintenance

(EC&M)

Provides design, engineering, construction and maintenance services for greenfield and brownfield projects

across a range of sectors and all stages of the project lifecycle including: feasibility studies; engineering design;

civil works; structural, mechanical and piping; electrical and instrumentation; mineral process equipment design

and manufacture; commissioning; operations maintenance; shutdowns, turnarounds and outages; strategic asset

management; and decommissioning.

MiningProvides services across all stages of the mining lifecycle including: asset management; blasting services, explosive

supply; civil projects; crushing; exploration drilling; mine closure and mine site rehabilitation; mobile plant maintenance;

open cut mining; training and development for ATSI employees; tyre management; and underground mining.

Spotless Spotless operates in Australia and New Zealand and provides outsourced facility services, catering and laundry

services, technical and engineering services, maintenance and asset management services and refrigeration

solutions to various industries.

Annual Report 2018 69
B1. Segment information – continued

2018

$’mTransportUtilitiesSpotlessRailEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Revenue 2 ,743. 2 1,783.0 3,093.7 732.0 2,382.9 1,309.4 22.9 12,067.1 

Inter-segment sales––––––(36.2)(36.2)

Total segment revenue 2 ,743. 2 1,783.0 3,093.7 732.0 2,382.9 1,309.4 (13.3)12,030.9 

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

73.8 –8.1 4 37. 2 21.2 49.0 –589.3 

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(i)

2,817.0 1,783.0 3,101.8 1,169.2 2,404.1 1,358.4 (13.3)12,620.2 

Share of net profit of joint ventures

and associates9.7 –0.4 13.7 (1.3)2.6 –25.1 

Depreciation and amortisation44.6 22.3 94.99.9 18.5 126.6 53.4370.2 

EBIT before amortisation of

acquired intangibles (EBITA)142.9 94.8 167.7 39.2 70.6 50.4 (294.1)271.5 

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(0.4)(2.1)(11.0)–(5.0)–(48.2)(66.7)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)142.5 92.7 156.7 39.2 65.6 50.4 (342.3)204.8 

Net finance costs(81.1)

Total profit before tax123.7

Acquisition of segment assets 74.0 34.1 134.2 83.7 105.3 134.3 20.7 586.3 

Segment assets1,203.2797. 82,754.3686.0 950.1804.8592.07,788 . 2 

Segment liabilities530.8 422.0 1,399.7402.3 553.5 271.71,003.14,583.1 

Carrying value of equity accounted investees 11.9 –1.5  71.2 4.0 7. 4 –96.0 

2017

$’mTransportUtilitiesSpotlessRailEC&MMining

Un-

allocatedTo t a l

Revenue 2,091.1 1,517.3–467.11,974. 2 1,250.819.87,320.3

Inter-segment sales––––––(32.9)(32.9)

Total segment revenue 2,091.1 1,517.3–467.11,974. 2 1,250.8(13.1)7, 287.4

Share of sales revenue from joint ventures

and associates

(i)

62.3––383.130.149.4–524.9

Total revenue including joint ventures

and other income

(i)

2,153.4 1,517.3–850.22,004.31,300.2(13.1)7, 812 . 3

Share of net profit of joint ventures

and associates8.5––11.7(0.6)2.9–22.5

Depreciation and amortisation40.621.6–10.915.3116.415.4220.2

EBIT before amortisation of

acquired intangibles (EBITA)124.984.1–30.352.683.4(90.1)285.2

Amortisation of acquired intangibles(0.3)–––(0.3)–(6.8)( 7.4)

Total reported segment results (EBIT)124.684.1–30.352.383.4(96.9)27 7. 8

Net finance costs(26.8)

Total profit before tax251.0

Acquisition of segment assets 114.955.22 ,137. 251.995.5102.237.02,593.9

Segment assets1,080.3746.72,715.5572.1719.1836.3914.67, 58 4.6

Segment liabilities391.5404.61,410.1141. 3413 .4264.5972.73,998.1

Carrying value of equity accounted investees10.0–1.864.55.36.4–88.0

(i) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

70 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

B1. Segment information – continued

Reconciliation of segment net operating profit to net profit after tax:

Note 

Segment results

2018

$’m 

2017

$’m 

Segment net operating profit547.1 374.7

Unallocated:

Mining goodwill impairmentB2(b)(76.4)–

Divestment of Freight RailB2(b)(50.2)–

Auburn Rail claimB2(b)(25.0)–

Divisional merger costsB2(b)(28.5)–

Spotless management redundancies and integration costsB2(b)(9.4)–

Spotless residual strategy reset costsB2(b)(11.3)–

Spotless integration costsB2(b)( 7. 3)–

Spotless transaction costs

(i)

B2(b)–4.6

Bid costs written off

(ii)

B2(b)–(13.0)

Amortisation of Spotless and Tenix acquired intangible assets(48.2)(6.8)

Settlement of contractual claims–(5.0)

Corporate costs(86.0)(76.7)

Total unallocated (342.3)(96.9)

Earnings before interest and tax204.8 27 7. 8

Net finance costs(81.1)(26.8)

Profit before income tax123.7 251.0

Income tax expenseB4(a)(52.6)(69.5)

Profit after income tax71.1 181.5

(i) Represents the net of costs incurred as a result of the Spotless takeover offer, offset by other income and revaluation of initial 19.99% investment in Spotless at

$1.15 per share.

(ii) Downer was a member of the Constellation Rail consortium. On 18 August 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to deliver and maintain

the New Intercity Fleet (NIF) for Transport for NSW. Accordingly, an amount of $10.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been expensed.

Downer was also a member of the Creative Learning consortium. On 17 January 2017, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to design,

construct and maintain the NZ Schools PPP project for the Ministry of Education. Accordingly, an amount of $3.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs,

has been expensed.

Total revenue

(i)

Segment assets

Acquisition of

segment assets

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

By geographic location

(ii)

Australia9,517.2 5,704.86,779.76,730.4538.0 2,462.4

New Zealand and Pacific2,444.9 1,538.7946.1794.747.1 128.9

Asia––2.7 7. 50.1 –

Africa50.9 29.242.8 36.40.8 1.2

South America14.5 12.614.0 13.40.2 1.4

Other3.4 2.12.9 2.20.1 –

To t a l12,030.9 7, 287.47,788 . 2 7, 58 4.6586.3 2,593.9

(i) Total revenue includes other income and inter-segment sales, recorded at amounts equal to competitive market prices charged to external customers for similar goods

or services.

(ii) Revenue and assets are allocated based on geographical location of the legal entity.

Annual Report 2018 71
B2. Profit from ordinary activities

a) Revenue and other income

2018

$’m 

2017

$’m 

Sales revenue

Rendering of services8,896.35,773.5 

Construction contracts2,788.91,250.9 

Sale of goods291.2 220.1 

Other revenue40.2 22.6 

Total revenue from

ordinary activities12,016.6 7, 267.1 

Fair value gain on

available-for-sale asset

(i)

–19.1 

Other income on

available-for-sale asset

(i)

–0.7 

Other14.3 0.5 

Other income14.3 20.3 

Total revenue and other income12,030.9 7, 287.4 

Share of sales revenue from joint

ventures and associates

(ii)

589.3 524.9 

Total revenue including

joint ventures and associates

and other income

(ii)

12,620.2 7,812.3 

(i) For 30 June 2017, this relates to other income and revaluation of initial 19.99%

investment in Spotless at $1.15 per share. Refer to Note B2(b).

(ii) This is a non-statutory disclosure as it relates to Downer’s share of revenue from

equity accounted joint ventures and associates.

Recognition and measurement

Revenue

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration

received or receivable. Revenue is recognised if it meets the

criteria below.

(i) Rendering of services

The Group primarily generates service revenue from the

following activities:

–Maintenance and management of transport infrastructure;

–Utilities infrastructure maintenance services (gas,

power and water);

–Maintenance and installation of infrastructure in the

telecommunications sector;

–Industrial plant maintenance;

–Contract mining services, mining assets maintenance

services, tyre management and blasting;

–Rolling stock maintenance and rail asset

management services;

–Engineering and consultancy services; and

–Facilities management.

These services are provided either under a fixed price service

contract or a time and materials contract. Time and materials

contract revenue is recognised at the contractual rates as labour

hours are delivered and direct expenses are incurred.

Other short-term service contracts are recognised when the

services are completed in accordance with the terms of the

contract. Service contracts that have a long-term duration

are recognised in proportion to the stage of completion at

balance sheet date.

(ii) Construction contracts

Construction contracts are contracts specifically negotiated

for the construction of an asset or combination of assets

(including rail and infrastructure assets). Revenue is recognised

in proportion to the stage of completion of the contract at

balance sheet date.

(iii) Sale of goods

Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards

of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer.

(iv) Other revenue

Other revenue primarily includes rental income and government

grants relating to research and development incentives received

by the Group. The Group elects to present the net amount in

“Other revenue” as allowed under AASB120 Accounting for

Government grants and disclosure of Government assistance.

Key estimate and judgement:

Revenue recognition

Determining the stage of completion requires an estimate

of expenses incurred to date as a percentage of total

estimated costs. Where variations and claims are made

to the contract, assumptions are made regarding the

probability that the customer will approve the variations

and claims and the amount of revenue that will arise.

Changes in these estimation methods could have a

material impact on the financial statements of Downer.

72 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

B2. Profit from ordinary activities – continued

b) Individually significant items

2018

The following material items are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s financial performance:

Divestment

of freight

rail

Mining

goodwill

impairment

Auburn rail

claim

Divisional

merger

costs

Spotless

transaction

related

2018

$’m

Employee benefit expense–––(12.7)(10.7)(2 3 .4)

Other expenses from ordinary activities(50.2)( 76 .4)(25.0)(15.8)(17. 3)(184.7)

Loss before interest and tax (50.2)(76.4)(25.0)(28.5)(28.0)(208.1)

Net finance expense––––(4 . 8)(4 . 8)

Income tax benefit9.6–7. 58.58.734.3

Loss after income tax (40.6)(76.4)(17.5)(20.0)(24.1)(178.6)

Divestment of freight rail

On 21 November 2017, Downer entered an agreement to sell its freight rail business to Progress Rail for $109 million ($122.7 million after

adjusting for working capital movements). As a result of the transaction, Downer recognised a non-cash pre-tax write down of assets

held for sale of $50.2 million ($40.6 million after tax). Refer to Note F3 for further details.

Mining goodwill impairment

Following the identification of possible impairment indicators, the Group undertook an assessment of the carrying value of the Mining

business. As a result of this assessment, a goodwill impairment of $76.4 million was recognised as at 31 December 2017. Refer to Note

C7 for further details.

Auburn rail claim

Downer was unsuccessful in its claim against John Holland Pty Ltd and others in relation to ground subsidence at some locations

within the Waratah Train Maintenance Centre located at Auburn. This claim was previously disclosed as a contingent liability.

The Auburn Rail claim costs represent legal and other costs incurred which were expected to be recovered as part of the proceedings.

As a result of the unsuccessful claim, these costs were expensed.

Divisional merger costs

Divisional merger costs incurred across the Group following the creation of Mining, Energy & Industrial (MEI) and Transport and

Infrastructure (TI) divisions. These costs include redundancies, onerous lease provision and asset write-offs.

Spotless transaction

Spotless transaction related costs are classified in the statement of profit or loss as at 30 June 2018 as follows:

2018

$’m

Earnings

before

interest

and tax

Net

Interest

Expense

Income tax

benefit

Profit after

income tax

Spotless integration costs( 7. 3)–2.0 (5.3)

Management redundancies and integration costs(9.4)(3.3)3.0(9.7)

Residual strategy reset costs(11.3)(1.5)3.7 (9.1)

(28.0)(4.8)8.7 (24.1)

For 30 June 2018, Spotless related transaction costs of $28.0 million includes $11.3 million of costs incurred in exiting contracts as

part of Spotless’ strategy reset; $7.3 million of integration costs incurred during the period and $9.4 million Spotless’ management

redundancies and other integration costs.

Annual Report 2018 73
B2. Profit from ordinary activities – continued

b) Individually significant items – continued

2017

Spotless transaction

2017

$’mNote

Earnings

before

interest

and tax

Net finance

income

(iii)

Income tax

expense

Profit after

income tax

Spotless transaction costs

(i)

(15.2)––(15.2)

Fair value gain on available-for-sale asset

(ii)

19.1 –(5.5)13.6 

Other income on available-for-sale asset

(ii)

0.7 –(0. 2)0.5 

Net finance income on Spotless takeover bid and

capital raising

(iii)

–1.7 (0.5)1.2 

B14.6 1.7 (6. 2)0.1 

(i) Transaction costs incurred in relation to the takeover of Spotless. The expenses are classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” in the statement of profit or loss

for the year ended 30 June 2017.

(ii) Referable to the other income and revaluation of the initial 19.99% interest equivalent in Spotless (economic interest of 4.99% pursuant to a cash settled total return equity

swap and 15.0% shareholding acquired immediately prior to the takeover bid) based on the offer share price of $1.15. The fair value gain is transferred from the available-for-

sale reserve to profit or loss on obtaining control and is classified as “Other income” in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017.

(iii) Net interest income from the capital raising proceeds received in relation to the Spotless acquisition. The net interest income is classified as part of “Net finance costs” in

the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017.

Bid costs written‑off

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

New Intercity Fleet rail project

(i)

–(10.0)

NZ Schools PPP project

(ii)

–(3.0)

–(13.0)

(i) Downer was a member of the Constellation Rail consortium. On 18 August 2016, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to deliver and maintain

the New Intercity Fleet (NIF) for Transport for NSW. Accordingly, an amount of $10.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been expensed and

classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017.

(ii) Downer was a member of the Creative Learning consortium. On 17 January 2017, the consortium was advised that it had not been successful in its bid to design, construct

and maintain the NZ Schools PPP project for the Ministry of Education. Accordingly, an amount of $3.0 million, referable to Downer’s share of pre-tax bid costs, has been

expensed and classified as “Other expenses from ordinary activities” in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2017.

B3. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

The calculation of basic earnings per share (EPS) is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average

number of ordinary shares outstanding.

20182017

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)71.4 181.5 

Adjustment to reflect ROADS dividends paid ($’m)(8.0)(8.6)

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity used in calculating EPS ($’m)63.4 172.9 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)590.5 483.6 

Basic earnings per share (cents per share)10.7 35.8 

74 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

B3. Earnings per share – continued

Diluted earnings per share

The calculation of diluted EPS is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of ordinary

shares outstanding after adjustments for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares.

20182017

Profit attributable to members of the parent entity ($’m)71.4 181.5 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

–Weighted average number of ordinary shares (WANOS) on issue (m’s)

(i)

590.5 483.6 

–WANOS adjustment to reflect potential dilution for ROADS (m’s)

(ii)

27. 8 35.3 

WANOS used in the calculation of diluted EPS (m’s) 618.3 518.9 

Diluted earnings per share (cents per share)

(iii)

10.7 35.0 

(i) For diluted EPS, the WANOS has been further adjusted by the potential vesting of executive incentive shares.

(ii) The WANOS adjustment is the value of ROADS that could potentially be converted into ordinary shares at the reporting date. It is calculated based on the issued value of

ROADS in New Zealand dollars converted to Australian dollars at the spot rate prevailing at the reporting date, which was $183.4 million (2017: $190.5 million), divided by the

average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares for the period 1 July 2017 to 30 June 2018 discounted by 2.5% according to the ROADS contract terms, which was

$6.60 (2017: $5.40).

(iii) At 30 June 2018, the ROADS are deemed anti-dilutive and consequently, diluted EPS remained at 10.7 cents per share.

B4. Taxation

a) Reconciliation of income tax expense

The prima facie income tax expense on profit before income tax reconciles to the income tax expense in the financial statements as follows:

2018

$’m 

2017

$’m 

Profit before income tax 123.7 251.0 

Tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate37.1 75.3 

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions(1.3)(1.3)

Non-deductible expenses1.0 6.2 

Profits and franked distributions from joint ventures and associates (5.6)(5.1)

Non-taxable government grant(2.6)(2.6)

Impairment of goodwill22.9–

Non-taxable gains / losses(1.8)–

Other items1.2(0.8)

Under / (over) provision of income tax in previous year1.7 (2.2)

Total income tax expense52.6 69.5 

Current tax expense49.2 68.7 

Deferred tax expense3.4 0.8 

The tax rate used in the above reconciliation is the corporate tax rate of 30% payable by Australian corporate entities on taxable profits

under Australian tax law. There has been no change in the corporate tax rate when compared with the previous year.

Annual Report 2018 75
B4. Taxation – continued

Recognition and measurement

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount of

income taxes payable or recoverable in respect of the taxable

profit or tax loss for the period, it is calculated using tax rates

and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by

the reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is accounted for in respect of temporary differences

arising from differences between the carrying amount of assets

and liabilities and the corresponding tax base.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary

differences. Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets, to the

extent that it is probable that sufficient taxable profits will be

available to utilise them.

However, deferred tax assets and liabilities are not

recognised for:

–taxable temporary differences that arise from the initial

recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not

a business combination which affects neither taxable income

nor accounting profit;

–taxable temporary differences relating to investments in

subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures to the extent that

the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the

temporary differences and it is probable that they will not

reverse in the foreseeable future; and

–taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates

and tax laws that are expected to apply the year when the

asset is utilised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax

laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the

reporting date.

Income taxes relating to items recognised directly in equity are

recognised in equity and not in the income statement.

Offsetting deferred tax balances

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when they relate

to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the

Company/consolidated entity intends to settle its current tax

assets and liabilities on a net basis.

Tax consolidation

Downer EDI Limited and its wholly owned Australian entities are

part of a tax-consolidated group under Australian taxation law.

Downer EDI Limited is the head entity in the tax consolidated

group. Entities within the tax consolidated group have entered

into a tax funding agreement and a tax sharing agreement

with the head entity. Under the terms of the tax-funding

agreement, Downer EDI Limited and each of the entities in the

tax-consolidated group have agreed to pay (or receive) a tax

equivalent payment to (or from) the head entity, based on the

current tax liability or current tax asset of the entity.

Key estimate and judgement:

Recovery of deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible

temporary differences, unused tax losses and tax offsets,

to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable

profits will be available to utilise them. Judgement is

required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets

that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and

the level of future taxable profits.

Key estimate and judgement: Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in Australia and

jurisdictions where it has foreign operations. Judgement is

required to determine the worldwide provision for income

taxes and to assess whether deferred tax balances are

recognised on the statement of financial position. Changes

in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact

the amount of provision for income taxes and deferred tax

balances recognised.

76 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

B4. Taxation – continued

b) Movement in deferred tax balances

2018

$’m

Restated

Net

balance at

1 July

Charged

to income

statement

Charged to

compre-

hensive

income

and equity

Net foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and

disposal

Net

balance at

30 June

Deferred

tax assets

Deferred

tax

liabilities

Trade and other receivables(103.0)1.6 –0.8 0.1 (100.5)–(100.5)

Inventories(9.8)9.8 ––––––

Joint ventures and associates(1.1)0.2 –––(0.9)–(0.9)

Property, plant and equipment(12.9)(19.3)–––(32.2)–(32.2)

Intangible assets(166.6)19.0 ––(16.5)(164.1)–(164.1)

Income tax losses25.17. 4 –––32.5 32.5 –

Trade and other payables20.812.9 –0.3 0.5 34.5 34.5 –

Provisions156.5(33.2)–(0.2)6.3 129.4 129.4 –

Other5.0(1.8)1.6 0.1 1.7 6.6 6.6 –

Tax assets / (liabilities) before set-off(86.0)(3.4)1.6 1.0 (7.9)(94.7)203.0 (297.7)

Set-off of DTA against DTL––(127.5)127.5 

Net tax assets / (liabilities)(86.0)(94.7)75.5 (170.2)

2017

$’m

Net

balance at

1 July

Charged

to income

statement

Charged

to compre-

hensive

income

and equity

Net

foreign

currency

exchange

differences

Acquisition

and

disposal

Net

balance at

30 June

Adjust–

ment to

opening

balances

Restated

Net

balance at

1 July

(i)

Deferred

tax

assets

(i)

Deferred

tax

liabilities

(i)

Trade and other receivables(121.0)3.6––1.1(116.3)13.3(103.0)–(103.0)

Inventories(3.7)(6. 2)––0.1(9.8)–(9.8)–(9.8)

Joint ventures and associates(1.3)0.2–––(1.1)–(1.1)–(1.1)

Property, plant and equipment(21.7)( 7. 2)––12.9(16.0)3.1(12.9)–(12.9)

Intangible assets(18.2)1.8––(24.6)(41 .0)(125.6)(166.6)–(166.6)

Income tax losses––––25.1 25.1 –25.1 25.1 –

Trade and other payables8.411.5––0.920.8–20.820.8–

Provisions99.61.0––56.6157. 2(0.7)156.5156.5–

Other0.2(5.5)6.0–(16 .4)(15.7)20.75.05.0–

Tax assets / (liabilities) before

set-off(57.7 )(0.8)6.0–55.73.2(89.2)(86.0)207.4(293 .4)

Set-off of DTA against DTL–––(111.6)111.6

Net tax assets / (liabilities)(57.7 )3.2(86.0)95.8(181.8)

(i) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

Annual Report 2018 77
B5. Remuneration of auditors

2018

$

2017

$

Audit or review of financial reports:

Auditor of the Group – KPMG

Australia3,929,000 2,546,000

Overseas721,000 667,000

4,650,000 3,213,000

Auditor review of financial reports

– Ernst & Young

(i)

–1,600,000

4,650,000 4,813,000

Non-audit services – KPMG

Tax services556,106719,955

Sustainability assurance278,634 217,000

Due diligence and other

non-audit services950,4571,066,814

1,785,1972,003,769

(i) In 2017, audit fees were paid by Spotless Group Holdings Limited for the full year

audit, which includes the period prior to Downer taking control of Spotless.

B6. Subsequent events

At the date of this report there is no matter or circumstance

that has arisen since the end of the financial year that has

significantly affected, or may significantly affect:

a) The Group’s operations in future financial years;

b) The results of those operations in future financial years; or

c) The Group’s state of affairs in future financial years.

78 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

C

Operating assets and liabilities

This section provides information relating to the operating assets and liabilities of the Group. Downer has a strong focus

on maintaining a strong balance sheet through continued focus on cash conversion. The Group’s strategy also considers

expenditure, growth and acquisition requirements.

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

C2. Trade and other receivables

C3. Rendering of services and construction contracts

C4. Inventories

C5. Trade and other payables

C6. Property, plant and equipment

C7. Intangible assets

C8. Provisions

C9. Contingent liabilities

C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents

(a) Reconciliation of cash flows from operating activities

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Profit after tax for the year71.1181.5

Adjustments for:

Share of joint ventures and associates’ profits net of distributions(8.2)(4 . 6)

Depreciation and amortisation of non-current assetsC6,C7370.2 220.2

Amortisation of deferred costs5.7 3.0

Net (gain) / loss on sale of property, plant and equipment(14.2)1.2

Loss on disposal of businessB2(b)40.6 –

Impairment of intangiblesB2(b)76.4 –

Research and development incentives(8.7)(8.5)

Foreign exchange gains(0.1)(0.5)

Movement in current tax balances( 7.5)19.7

Movement in deferred tax balances13.7 0.8

Share-based employee benefits expenseD12.8 5.6

Fair value gain on available-for-sale assetsB2(b)–(19.1)

Bid costs written offB2(b)–13.0

Other0.72.7

471.4233.5

Changes in net assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisition and disposal of businesses:

(Increase) / decrease in assets:

Current trade and other receivables(479.1)(159.8)

Current inventories(17. 2)38.7

Other current assets6.30.2

Non-current trade and other receivables(53.8)(5.1)

Other non-current assets12.1(0.4)

Increase / (decrease) in liabilities:

Current trade and other payables607.7160.7

Current financial liabilities21.23.3

Current provisions(41.8)(4 . 8)

Non-current trade and other payables(13.9)(10.2)

Non-current financial liabilities10.216.9

Non-current provisions(10.9)(12.9)

40.826.6

Net cash generated by operating activities583.34 41.6

Annual Report 2018 79
C1. Reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents – continued

(b) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

$’m

1 July

2017 

Net cash

flows

Amortisation

and foreign

exchange

movement

30 June

2018

Interest bearing loans1,409.2 87.67. 9 1,504.7

Finance lease liabilities35.8 (18 .4)(0.9)16.5

Total liabilities from financing activities1,445.0 69.27.0 1,521.2

(c) Cash and cash equivalents

2018

$’m 

2017

$’m 

For the purpose of the statement

of cash flows, cash and cash

equivalents comprises:

Cash

(i)

321.4 784.5 

Short-term deposits284.8 60.1 

606.2 844.6 

(i) As at 30 June 2017, in accordance with the Business Sale Agreement, the

completion payment for the assets of Cabrini Health Limited ($20.0 million)

was held on trust for Spotless (restricted cash) and released to Cabrini Health

Limited on 1 July 2017.

C2. Trade and other receivables

Note

2018

$’m

2017

(i)

$’m

Current

Trade receivables842.0 757.1

Allowance for

doubtful debts(15.3)( 7.1)

826.7 750.0

Amounts due from

customers under contracts

and rendering of servicesC31,203.4 908.3

Other receivables91.8 63.7

2,121.9 1,722.0

Ageing profile of

trade receivables

Neither past due

nor impaired702.0 675.1

Past due but not impaired124.7 74.9

Impaired15.3 7.1

842.0 757.1

(i) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition

accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

Recognition and measurement

Trade receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables are initially recognised

at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost using the

effective interest rate method, less an allowance for impairment.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial rights, their

carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Impairment of trade receivables

The Group has considered the collectability and recoverability

of trade receivables. An allowance for doubtful debts has been

made for the estimated irrecoverable trade receivable amounts

arising from services provided, determined by reference to past

default experience.

Capitalisation of tender / bid costs

When it is probable that a contract will be awarded, the

expenditure incurred in relation to tender / bid costs is

capitalised to amounts due from customers under contracts.

Capitalised costs are expensed in accordance with contract

accounting principles once the contract is awarded. Where

a tender / bid is subsequently unsuccessful, the previously

capitalised costs are immediately expensed. Tender / bid

costs that have been expensed cannot be recapitalised in

the subsequent financial year.

Key estimate and judgement:

Capitalisation of tender / bid costs

Judgement is exercised in determining whether it is

probable that the contract will be awarded. An error

in judgement may result in capitalised tender / bid

costs being recognised as an expense in the following

financial year.

80 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

C3. Rendering of services and

construction contracts

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Cumulative contracts

in progress as at

reporting date:

Cumulative costs incurred

plus recognised profits less

recognised losses to date5,019.97,361.4

Less: progress billings(4,226.7)(6 ,741. 3)

Net amount793.2620.1

Recognised and included

in the financial statements

as amounts due:

From customers under

contractsC21,203.4 908.3

To customers under

contractsC5(410.2)(288.2)

Net amount793.2 620.1

Recognition and measurement

Services and construction contracts are reported in trade

receivables and trade payables, as gross amounts due

from / to customers.

If cumulative work done to date (contract costs plus contract

net profit) of contracts in progress exceeds the progress

payments received, the difference is recognised as an asset

and included in amounts due from customers for contract

work. If the net amount after deduction of progress payments

received is negative, the difference is recognised as a liability

and included in amounts due to customers for contract work.

C4. Inventories

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Current

Raw materials176.9 187. 8

Work in progress0.2 0.1

Finished goods47.6 66.5

Components and spare parts44.1 47. 3

268.8 301.7

Recognition and measurement

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable

value. Net realisable value represents the estimated selling price

less all estimated costs of completion and costs to be incurred in

marketing, selling and distribution.

C5. Trade and other payables

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Current

Trade payables674. 2527.6

Amounts due to customers

under contracts and

rendering of servicesC3410.2 288.2

Amounts owing in relation

to Spotless shares

acceptanceF2–110.8

Accruals1,084.4 732.8

Other112.8 101.6

2,281.6 1,761.0

Recognition and measurement

Trade and other payables

Trade payables and other accounts payable are recognised when

the Group becomes obliged to make future payments resulting

from the purchase of goods and services.

Fair value

Due to the short-term nature of these financial obligations, their

carrying amounts are estimated to represent their fair values.

Annual Report 2018 81
C6. Property, plant and equipment

2018

$’m

Freehold

land and

buildings

Plant,

equipment

and

leasehold

improve-

ments

Equipment

under

finance

lease

Laundries

rental stockTo t a l

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2017 (restated)

(iii)

129.41,061.252.337.51,280.4

Additions0.5 322.9 7.9 36.2 367.5 

Disposals at net book value(5.6)(14.9)(14.4)–(34.9)

Acquisition of businesses

(i)

–3.2 7.6 1.512.3 

Disposal of business at net book value–(60.0)––(60.0)

Depreciation expense (5.1)(229.5)(10.3)(33.4)(278.3)

Reclassifications at net book value–26.5 (29.1)2.6 –

Reclassified as intangible assets

(ii)

–(0.3)––(0.3)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.4)(2.8)0.1 (3.2)(6.3)

Closing net book value as at 30 June 2018118.81,106.3 14.1 41.21,280.4 

Cost155.12,488.7 34.1 74.02,751.9 

Accumulated depreciation(36.3)(1,382.4)(20.0)(32.8)(1,471.5)

2017

Carrying amount as at 1 July 201668.5859.959.9–988.3

Additions7.4212.72.2–222.3

Disposals at net book value(0.1)(17.6)(0. 2)–(17. 9)

Acquisition of businesses (restated)

(iii)

57.4180.217. 537. 5292.6

Depreciation expense(4 .7 )(182.3)(6. 2)–(193.2)

Reclassifications at net book value 1.018.7(19.7)––

Reclassified as intangible assets

(ii)

–( 7. 2)––( 7. 2)

Net foreign currency exchange differences at net book value(0.1)(3.2)(1.2)–(4 . 5 )

Closing net book value as at 30 June 2017 (restated)

(iii)

129.41,061.252.337.51,280.4

Cost (restated)

(iii)

160.92,355.492.737. 52,646.5

Accumulated depreciation(31.5)(1,294.2)(4 0. 4)–(1,366.1)

(i) The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2018, for which the accounting on

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2.

(ii) Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(iii) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances. Refer to Note F2.

Recognition and measurement

The value of property, plant and equipment is measured as the cost of the asset less accumulated depreciation and impairment.

The expected useful life and depreciation methods used are listed below:

ItemUseful lifeDepreciation method

Freehold land n/aNo depreciation

Buildings 20-50 yearsStraight-line

Leasehold improvements Life of leaseStraight-line

Plant and equipment – mining, power and gasWorking hoursBased on hours of use

Plant and equipment – other3-25 years Straight-line

Equipment under finance lease5-15 yearsStraight-line – lease term

Laundries rental stock18 months-5 yearsStraight-line

Key estimate and judgement: Useful lives and residual values

The estimation of the useful lives and residual values of assets has been based on historical experience as well as manufacturers’

warranties (for plant and equipment), lease terms (for leased equipment and leasehold improvements) and turnover policies.

In addition, the condition of the assets is assessed at least once per year and considered against the remaining useful life.

Adjustments to useful lives and residual values are made when considered necessary.

82 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

C7. Intangible assets

2018

$’mGoodwill

Customer

contracts

and

relationships

Brand

names on

acquisition

Intellectual

property on

acquisition

Software

and system

developmentTo t a l

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2017 (restated)

(iii)

2 ,341.1409.156.93.5220.63,031.2

Additions––––46.4 46.4 

Disposals at net book value––––(0.2)(0.2)

Acquisition of businesses

(i)

105.0 34.5 21.7 (1.1)–160.1 

Disposal of business at net book value(14.2)––––(14.2)

Reclassifications at net book value

(ii)

––––0.3 0.3 

Amortisation expense–(62.6)(3.9)(0.2)(25.2)(91.9)

Impairment of goodwill(76.4)––––(76.4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value(4.0)0.1 ––(0.7)(4.6)

Closing net book value as at 30 June 20182,351.5 381.1 74.7 2.2 241.2 3,050.7 

Cost2,503.9 463.8 78.7 2.4 394.9 3,443.7 

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(152.4)(82.7)(4.0)(0.2)(153.7)(393.0)

2017

Carrying amount as at 1 July 2016805.337.1––127. 5969.9

Additions––––38.538.5

Acquisition of businesses (restated)

(iii)

1,533.0379.257.13.567.72,040.5

Disposals of business at net book value––––(0.7)(0.7)

Reclassifications at net book value

(ii)

––––7. 27. 2

Amortisation expense–( 7. 2)(0. 2)–(19.6)(27.0)

Net foreign currency exchange differences

at net book value2.8––––2.8

Closing net book value as at 30 June 2017

(restated)

(iii)

2 ,341.1409.156.93.5220.63,031.2

Cost (restated)

(iii)

2 ,417.1429.357.13.5359.23,266.2

Accumulated amortisation and impairment(76.0)(20.2)(0. 2)–(138.6)(235.0)

(i) The values recognised are based on the fair value of assets acquired from the business acquisitions made during the year ended 30 June 2018, for which the accounting on

certain transactions remains provisional. Refer to Note F2.

(ii) Refers to the reclassification of software from Capital work in progress to Intangible assets.

(iii) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances. Refer to Note F2.

Recognition and measurement

Goodwill

Goodwill acquired in a business combination is measured at

cost and subsequently measured at cost less any impairment

losses. The cost represents the excess of the cost of a business

combination over the fair value of the identifiable assets,

liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired.

Customer contracts and relationships on acquisition

Customer contracts and relationships acquired as part of

a business combination are recognised separately from

goodwill and are carried at fair value at date of acquisition

less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated

impairment losses.

Brand names on acquisition

Brand names acquired as part of a business combination are

recognised separately from goodwill and are carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Intellectual property on acquisition

Intellectual property acquired as part of a business combination

is recognised separately from goodwill and is carried at fair value

at date of acquisition less accumulated amortisation and any

accumulated impairment losses.

Annual Report 2018 83
C7. Intangible assets – continued

Intellectual property, software and system development

Intangible assets acquired by the Group, including intellectual

property (purchased patents, trademarks and licences) and

software are initially recognised at cost, and subsequently

measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any

impairment losses. Internally developed systems are capitalised

once the project is assessed to be feasible. The costs

capitalised include consulting, licensing and direct labour

costs. Costs incurred in determining project feasibility are

expensed as incurred.

Amortisation

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortised on a

straight-line basis over their useful lives. The estimated useful

lives are generally:

ItemUseful Life

Software and system development5-15 years

Brand names20 years

Customer contracts and relationships1-20 years

Intellectual property acquired15-20 years

Other intangible assets (other than

indefinite useful life intangible assets)20 years

The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed

at the end of each annual reporting period.

Impairment of assets

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful

life are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if

events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be

impaired. Other assets are reviewed for impairment whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying

amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which

the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped

at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable

cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows

from other assets or groups of assets (cash-generating units or

CGUs). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered

impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment

at each reporting date.

Allocation of goodwill to cash-generating units

Goodwill has been allocated, for impairment testing purposes,

to CGUs (group of units) that are significant individually or

in aggregate, taking into consideration the nature of service,

resource allocation, how operations are monitored and where

independent cash inflows are identifiable. Six independent CGUs

(by service line) have been identified across the Group against

which impairment testing has been undertaken. Goodwill has

been allocated to these CGUs as follows:

Note

Carrying value of

consolidated goodwill

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Transport

(i)

253.8 251.0

Utilities

(iv)

348.4 322.9

Rail

(ii)

55.3 69.5

EC&M

(i)

281.9 239.2

Mining

(iii)

B2(b)–76.4

Spotless

(iv)

1,412 .1 1,382.1

2,351.5 2 , 3 41.1

(i) Included in this amount is the goodwill for certain acquisitions made during the

year ended 30 June 2018, for which the accounting remains provisional.

(ii) Rail CGU goodwill reduced following disposal of the Freight Rail business during

the period. Refer to Note F3.

(iii) The goodwill of the Mining CGU was fully impaired following an assessment

of the carrying value of the CGU.

(iv) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition

accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

Key estimate and judgement:

Impairment of assets

Determination of potential impairment requires an

estimation of the recoverable amount of the CGUs to which

the goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful

lives are allocated. Key assumptions requiring judgement

include projected cash flows, growth rate estimates,

discount rates, working capital and capital expenditure.

84 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions

The carrying value of Transport, Utilities, EC&M and Rail CGUs

has been completed using a “value in use” model, consistent

with prior periods. Following the impairment of the goodwill

allocated to the Mining CGU as at 31 December 2017, the Mining

CGU no longer carries an indefinite useful life intangible asset

and therefore, impairment assessment is required only when

an indicator of impairment exists. There were no indicators of

impairment for the Mining CGU as at 30 June 2018.

The recoverable amount of the Spotless CGU is assessed as

the fair value less costs of disposal (“FVLCOD”) estimated

using discounted cash flows. The table below shows

the key assumptions utilised in the “value in use” and

FVLCOD calculations.

Budgeted

EBITDA

(i)

Long-term

growth rate

Discount

rate

Transport1.9%2.5%9.8%

Utilities0.3%2.5%9.8%

Rail5.5%2.5%10.3%

EC&M9.4%2.5%9.8%

Mining7. 3%2.5%11.0%

Spotless7. 3%2.5%8.5%

(i) Budgeted EBITDA used for impairment testing is expressed as the compound

annual growth rates from FY18 to terminal year based on the CGUs

business plan.

(i) Projected cash flows

Value in use calculation

The Group determines the value in use calculations recoverable

amount, using three year cash flow projections based on the

FY19 budget for the year ending 30 June 2019 and the business

plan for the subsequent financial years ending 30 June 2020

and 2021 (as discussed with the Board). For FY22 onwards, the

Group assumes a long-term growth rate to allow for organic

growth on the existing asset base.

Cash flow projections are determined utilising the budgeted

Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation

(EBITDA) less tax, capital maintenance spending and working

capital changes, adjusted to exclude any uncommitted

restructuring costs and future benefits to provide a “free cash

flow” estimate. This calculated free cash flow is then discounted

to its present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and the

risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash

flows have not been adjusted.

Budgeted EBITDA has been based on past experience and the

Group’s assessment of economic and regulatory factors affecting

the industry within which the Downer businesses operate:

–Transport is expected to benefit from an increase in activity

in the transport infrastructure sector;

–Utilities is expected to benefit from an increase in activity

across the electricity, water and renewables sectors partially

offset by the potential reduction in revenue from its existing

significant telecommunication contracts;

–Rail is expected to benefit from the two major projects (High

Capacity Metro Trains and Sydney Growth Trains) in both the

construction and long-term maintenance phases. In addition,

closer integration with strategic partners is expected to

continue to contribute to revenue and EBITDA growth; and

–EC&M’s revenue and EBITDA include assumptions that take

into account the cyclical nature of the resources industry

and various growth opportunities.

FVLCOD calculations

As mentioned above, the Group determines the recoverable

amount of the Spotless CGU using a FVLCOD calculation which

is estimated using discounted cash flows. Key assumptions used

in the estimation of the recoverable amount are described in

the table above.

Similarly to the other CGUs, a three-year cash flow projection,

based on the EBITDA as per the FY19 budget and the business

plan for FY20 and FY21 was utilised. For FY22 onwards, the

Group assumes a long-term growth rate to allow for organic

growth on the existing asset base. Adjustments are made

to these projections to include assumptions that a market

participant would make, such as cash flows relating to

restructuring and integration.

The cash flow projection is then adjusted to exclude tax, capital

maintenance spending and working capital changes to provide a

“free cash flow estimate” which is then discounted to its present

value using a post-tax rate that reflects the current assessment

of the time value of money.

Spotless’ revenue and EBITDA was estimated taking into account

contracted work and the expected impact from business

improvement initiatives and the expected benefit from growth

opportunities in the Government sector.

(ii) Long‑term growth rates

The future annual growth rates for FY22 onwards to perpetuity

are based on the historical nominal GDP rates for the

country of operation.

Annual Report 2018 85
C7. Intangible assets – continued

Recoverable amount testing – key assumptions – continued

(iii) Discount rates

Post-tax discount rates of between 8.5% and 11.0% reflect the Group’s estimate of the time value of money and risks specific to each

CGU. In determining the appropriate discount rate for each CGU, consideration has been given to the estimated weighted average cost

of capital (WACC) for the Group adjusted for country and business risks specific to that CGU, including benchmarking against relevant

peer group companies. The post-tax discount rate is applied to post-tax cash flows that include an allowance for tax based on the

respective jurisdiction’s tax rate. This method is used to approximate the requirement of the accounting standards to apply a pre-tax

discount rate to pre-tax cash flows.

(iv) Budgeted capital expenditure

The cash flows for capital expenditure are based on past experience and the amounts included in the terminal year calculation are for

maintenance capital used for existing plant and replacement of plant as it is retired from service. The resulting expenditure has been

compared against the annual depreciation charge to ensure that it is reasonable.

(v) Budgeted working capital

Working capital has been maintained at a level required to support the business activities of each CGU, taking into account changes in

the business cycle. It has been assumed to be in line with historic trends given the level of utilisation and operating activity.

Sensitivities

The Group believes that for all CGUs, any reasonably possible change in the key assumptions would not cause the carrying value of the

CGUs to exceed their recoverable amounts.

C8. Provisions

2018

$’m

Decommissioning

and restoration

Warranties

and contract

claims

Onerous

contracts

and otherTo t a l

At 1 July 2017

(i)

41.6 17. 4 64.3 123.3 

Additional provisions recognised3.6 7. 2 17. 2 28.0 

Unused provision reversed( 7. 3)(2.4)(10.6)(20.3)

Utilisation of provision(5.5)(5.1)(26.8)(37. 4)

Acquisition of businesses0.8 2.8 23.1 26.7 

Disposal of business––(4.4)(4.4)

Net foreign currency exchange differences(0.1)(0.1)0.1 (0.1)

At 30 June 201833.1 19.8 62.9 115.8 

Current11.8 18.1 20.850.7

Non-current21.3 1.7 42.165.1

(i) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances. Refer to Note F2.

Recognition and measurement

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when:

–the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event;

–it is probable that resources will be expended to settle the

obligation; and

–the amount of the provision can be measured reliably.

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Provisions for decommissioning and restoration are made for

close down, restoration and environmental rehabilitation costs,

including the cost of dismantling and demolition of infrastructure,

removal of residual materials and remediation of disturbed areas.

Future rectification costs are reviewed annually and any changes

are reflected in the present value of the rectification provision at

the end of the reporting period.

The provision is discounted using a pre-tax rate that reflects

current market assessments of the time value of money and

the risks specific to the liability.

86 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

C8. Provisions – continued

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

Provisions for warranties and contract claims are made for

the estimated liability on all products still under warranty at

balance sheet date and known claims arising under service

and construction contracts.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

Provisions primarily include amounts recognised in relation to

onerous customers, supply contracts, surplus lease contracts

and return conditions provisions for leased assets. The Group

has leases that require the leased asset to be returned to the

lessor in a certain condition.

The onerous contract provision is discounted using a pre-tax

rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value

of money and the risks specific to the liability.

Key estimate and judgement: Provisions

(i) Decommissioning and restoration

Judgement is required in determining the expected

expenditure required to settle rectification obligations at

the reporting date, based on current legal requirements

and technology.

(ii) Warranties and contract claims

The provision is estimated having regard to previous

claims experience.

(iii) Onerous contracts and other

These provisions have been calculated based on

management’s best estimate of discounted net cash

outflows required to fulfil the contracts. The status of

these contracts and the adequacy of provisions are

assessed at each reporting date.

The return condition provision is estimated based on

the costs associated with returning leased assets to the

lessor in a certain condition.

C9. Contingent liabilities

BondingNote

2018

$’m 

2017

$’m 

The Group has bid bonds

and performance bonds

issued in respect of

contract performance

in the normal course of

business for wholly-owned

controlled entitiesE21,341.61,185.5 

The Group is called upon to give guarantees and indemnities to

counterparties, relating to the performance of contractual and

financial obligations (including for controlled entities and related

parties). Other than as noted above, these guarantees and

indemnities are indeterminable in amount.

Other contingent liabilities

i) The Group is subject to design liability in relation to

completed design and construction projects. The Directors

are of the opinion that there is adequate insurance to cover

this area and accordingly, no amounts are recognised in

the financial statements.

ii) The Group is subject to product liability claims. Provision

is made for the potential costs of carrying out rectification

works based on known claims and previous claims history.

However, as the ultimate outcome of these claims cannot

be reliably determined at the date of this report, contingent

liability may exist for any amounts that ultimately become

payable in excess of current provisioning levels.

iii) Controlled entities have entered into various joint

arrangements under which the controlled entity is jointly

and severally liable for the obligations of the relevant

joint arrangements.

iv) The Group carries the normal contractor’s and consultant’s

liability in relation to services, supply and construction

contracts (for example, liability relating to professional advice,

design, completion, workmanship, and damage), as well as

liability for personal injury / property damage during the

course of a project. Potential liability may arise from claims,

disputes and / or litigation / arbitration by or against Group

companies and / or joint venture arrangements in which

the Group has an interest. The Group is currently managing

a number of claims, arbitration and litigation processes in

relation to services, supply and construction contracts as

well as in relation to personal injury and property damage

claims arising from project delivery.

Annual Report 2018 87
C9. Contingent liabilities – continued

v) Several New Zealand entities in the Group have been named

as co-defendants in five “leaky building” claims. The leaky

building claims where Group entities are co-defendants

generally relate to water damage arising from historical

design and construction methodologies (and certification)

for residential and other buildings in New Zealand during

the early-mid 2000s. The Directors are of the opinion

that disclosure of any further information relating to

the leaky building claims would be prejudicial to the

interests of the Group.

vi) Ground subsidence at the Waratah Train Maintenance

Centre, located on Manchester Road, Auburn (“AMC”)

has been identified. The design and construction of

the AMC formed part of the Waratah Train Project, with

Reliance Rail contracting Downer to design and build the

AMC. In turn, Downer subcontracted this work to John

Holland Pty Ltd. The design and construction of the areas

in which subsidence has been observed formed part of

the subcontractor’s design and construct obligations.

On 20 March 2018, Downer received the decision of

the NSW Supreme Court in respect of the AMC claim.

Downer’s claim was not successful. Downer has recognised

$25 million in relation to rectification, legal and other

costs which were expected to be recovered as part of the

proceedings, which are disclosed as Individually Significant

Items (refer to Note B2(b)). Downer has filed a Notice of

Appeal in relation to aspects of the decision.

vii) On 16 September 2015, the Group announced that it had

terminated a contract with Tecnicas Reunidas S.A. (“TR”)

following TR’s failure to remedy a substantial breach of the

contract and that the Group was pursuing a claim against

TR in the order of $65 million. Downer has since demobilised

from the site and has commenced a claim that will be

determined via an arbitration process, with a hearing date

currently scheduled to commence in February 2019. TR has

initiated a counter-claim, which is being defended by Downer.

The Directors are of the opinion that disclosure of any further

information relating to this matter would be prejudicial to the

interests of the Group.

viii) In September 2017 Spotless commenced a Facilities

Management Subcontract (‘Subcontract’) at the new Royal

Adelaide Hospital (‘nRAH’). Spotless’ Subcontract is with

Celsus, which has a head contract with the South Australian

Government under a Public Private Partnership model.

Spotless has previously announced that the Subcontract is a

cash negative underperforming contract and that Spotless is

working to resolve various commercial and operational issues

which include significant preliminary claims and counter

claims (including the application of some abatements, which

are disputed by Spotless). Discussions between Spotless,

Celsus and the South Australian Government are ongoing

and most recently, a formal process has commenced (as set

out in a Process Suspension Deed dated 20 June 2018) to

enable the parties to address the various commercial and

operational issues affecting the delivery of services at the

nRAH (‘Standstill Discussions’).

In the event that Spotless is not successful in either

reaching agreement as part of the Standstill Discussions or

via arbitration proceedings then Spotless is likely to incur

operating losses up until September 2022 being the five

year anniversary of the Subcontract term, at which point

Spotless has the ability to trigger a re-pricing process. In this

scenario, the estimated present value of the losses would

be $93.8 million (after tax) as at 30 June 2018, excluding

abatements that are disputed by Spotless which the

Company does not consider to be probable.

ix) On 25 May 2017, Alison Court, as applicant, filed a

representative proceeding in the Federal Court of Australia

on behalf of shareholders who acquired Spotless shares from

25 August 2015 to 1 December 2015. The applicant under

this proceeding alleges that Spotless engaged in misleading

or deceptive conduct and/or breached its continuous

disclosure obligations in relation to Spotless financial results

for the financial year ended 30 June 2015 and in its conduct

following the release of those financial results until Spotless

issued its trading update of 2 December 2015. The applicant

seeks damages, declarations, interest and costs. Spotless

is vigorously defending the proceeding. No provision

has been recognised at 30 June 2018 in respect of the

representative proceedings.

88 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

D

Employee benefits

This section provides a breakdown of the various programs

Downer uses to reward and recognise employees and key

executives, including Key Management Personnel (KMP).

Downer believes that these programs reinforce the value

of ownership and incentives and drive performance both

individually and collectively to deliver better returns

to shareholders.

D1. Employee benefits

D2. Key management personnel compensation

D3. Employee discount share plan

D1. Employee benefits

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Employee benefits provision:

–Current336.7 365.4

–Non-current38.0 38.2

To t a l374.7 403.6

Recognition and measurement

The employee benefits liability represents accrued wages and

salaries, leave entitlements and other incentives recognised in

respect of employees’ services up to the end of the reporting

period. These liabilities are measured at the amounts expected

to be paid when they are settled and include related on-costs,

such as workers compensation insurance, superannuation

and payroll tax.

Key estimate and judgement:

Annual leave and long service leave

Long-term employee benefits are measured at the present

value of estimated future payments for the services

provided by employees up to the end of the reporting

period. This calculation requires judgement in determining

the following key assumptions:

–Future increase in wages and salary rates;

–Future on-cost rates; and

–Expected settlement dates based on staff

turnover history.

The liability is discounted using the Australian corporate

bond rates which most closely match the terms to maturity

of the entitlement.

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Employee benefits expense:

–Defined contribution plans219.2 170.5

–Shared-based employee

benefits expense2.8 5.6

–Employee benefits3,812.2 2,611.2 

To t a l4,034.2 2 ,787. 3

D2. Key management personnel compensation

2018

$

2017

$

Short-term employee benefits14,236,43213,742,489

Post-employment benefits310,779836,489

Share-based payments2 ,841,7592,929,596

To t a l17, 388 ,97017,508,574

Recognition and measurement

Equity‑settled transactions

Equity-settled share-based transactions are measured at

fair value at the date of grant. The cost of these transactions

is recognised in the profit or loss and credited to equity over

the vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Group

revises its estimates of the number of rights that are expected

to vest for service and non-market performance conditions.

The expense recognised each year takes into account the

most recent estimate.

The fair value at grant date is independently determined using

an option pricing model and takes into account any market

related performance conditions. Non-market vesting conditions

are not considered when determining value; however they are

included in assumptions about the number of rights that are

expected to vest.

Cash‑settled transactions

The amount payable to employees in respect of cash-settled

share-based payments is recognised as an expense, with a

corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during

which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the

payment. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and

at settlement date based on the fair value, with any changes in

the liability being recognised in profit or loss.

D3. Employee discount share plan

No shares were issued under the Employee Discount Share Plan

during the years ended 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017.

Annual Report 2018 89
E

Capital structure and financing

This section provides information relating to the Group’s capital structure and its exposure to financial risks, how they affect

the Group’s financial position and performance and how the risks are managed.

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Directors determine the appropriate capital structure

of Downer, specifically how much is raised from shareholders (equity) and how much is borrowed from financial institutions

(debt) in order to finance the current and future activities of the Group. The Directors review the Group’s capital structure

and dividend policy regularly and do so in the context of the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to invest in

opportunities that grow the business and enhance shareholder value.

E1. Borrowings

E2. Financing facilities

E3. Commitments

E4. Issued capital

E5. Reserves

E6. Dividends

E1. Borrowings

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Current

Secured:

–Finance lease liabilitiesE3 (d)5.1 20.4

–Hire purchase liabilitiesE3 (e)0.2 0.4

5.3 20.8

Unsecured:

–Bank loans2.1 836.4

–Medium term notes150.0 13.3

–Deferred finance charges(3.7)( 7. 3)

148.4 842.4

Total current borrowings153.7863.2

Non-current

Secured:

–Finance lease liabilitiesE3 (d)11.2 14.8

–Hire purchase liabilitiesE3 (e)–0.2

11.2 15.0

Unsecured:

–Bank loans817.7 2.1

–USD private placement notes144.7 139.1

–AUD private placement notes30.030.0

–Medium term notes372.2 400.0

–Deferred finance charges(8.3)(4 . 4)

1,356.3 566.8

Total non-current borrowings1 , 367.5581.8

Total borrowings1,521.21,445.0

Fair value of total borrowings

(i)

1,561.8 1,466.0 

(i) Excludes finance lease, hire purchase and supplier finance liabilities.

90 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

E1. Borrowings – continued

Recognition and measurement

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction

costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using

the effective interest rate method.

Fair value

The cash flows under the Group’s debt instruments are

discounted using current market base interest rates and

adjusted for current market credit default swap spreads

for industrial companies with a BBB credit rating.

E2. Financing facilities

At reporting date, the Group had the following facilities that

were unutilised:

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Syndicated bank bridge loan facility–500.0

Syndicated bank loan facilities780.0 500.0

Bilateral bank loan facilities145.0 190.0

Total unutilised bank

loan facilities925.0 1,190.0

Syndicated and bilateral bank and

bilateral insurance bonding facilities574.3 738.3

Total unutilised

bonding facilities574.3 738.3

Summary of borrowing arrangements

Bank loan facilities

Bilateral bank loan facilities:

– A total of $245.0 million in bilateral bank loan facilities

are committed and unsecured facilities with maturities in

calendar years 2019, 2020 and 2021.

Syndicated bank bridge loan facility:

– The syndicated bank bridge loan facility limit of

$500.0 million was terminated in February 2018 at the

election of Downer.

Syndicated loan facilities:

During the financial year, Downer terminated a $200.0 million

tranche of an existing $400.0 million syndicated bank loan

facility and $400.0 million of new syndicated bank loan facilities

were established in May 2018. The $600.0 million of syndicated

bank loan facilities are unsecured, revolving committed facilities

and comprise the following tranches:

–$200 million maturing April 2021;

–$200 million maturing May 2022; and

–$200 million maturing May 2023.

Spotless’ bank loan facilities were refinanced in full in May

2018. Given that Downer’s interest in Spotless remains below

90%, the new facilities were established on a standalone basis.

The syndicated loan facilities are on an unsecured, committed

basis and comprise Australian Dollar and New Zealand Dollar

tranches as follows:

–$280 million revolving tranche maturing May 2021;

–NZD75 million revolving tranche maturing May 2021;

–NZD75 million term tranche maturing May 2021;

–$280 million revolving tranche maturing May 2022; and

–$200 million term tranche maturing May 2022.

USD private placement notes

USD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a

total amount of US$107.0 million. US$7.0 million notes mature in

September 2019 and US$100.0 million in July 2025. The USD

denominated principal and interest amounts have been fully

hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

AUD private placement notes

AUD unsecured private placement notes are on issue for a total

amount of $30.0 million with a maturity date of July 2025.

Medium Term Notes (MTNs)

The Group has the following unsecured MTNs on issue:

–$150.0 million maturing November 2018;

–$250.0 million maturing March 2022; and

–JPY10.0 billion maturing May 2033.

The JPY denominated principal and interest amounts have been

fully hedged against the Australian dollar through cross-currency

interest rate swaps.

The above bank loan facilities and note issuances are supported

by certain Group guarantees.

Annual Report 2018 91
E2. Financing facilities – continued

Summary of borrowing arrangements – continued

Finance lease / Hire purchase facilities

The Group has certain secured facilities of these types which are

for an aggregate amount of $16.5 million and which amortise over

different periods of up to five years.

Covenants on financing facilities

Downer Group’s financing facilities contain undertakings

to comply with financial covenants. These require that the

Group operates within certain financial ratios and ensure

that Group guarantors of these facilities collectively meet the

minimum threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group Total

Tangible Assets.

The main financial covenants which the Group is subject to

are Net Worth, Interest Service Coverage (rolling 12-month

EBIT to Net Interest Expense) and Leverage (Net Debt to

Total Capitalisation).

Financial covenants testing is undertaken and reported to

the Downer Board on a monthly basis. Reporting of financial

covenants to financiers occurs semi-annually for the rolling

12-month periods to 30 June and 31 December. The Downer

Group was in compliance with all its financial covenants as

at 30 June 2018.

Spotless’ financing facilities contain undertakings to comply with

financial covenants. The main financial covenants that Spotless

is subject to are Net Leverage (Net Debt to EBITDA) and Interest

Service Coverage (rolling 12-month EBITDA to Net Total Cash

Interest) as well as ensuring that the guarantors under various

facilities collectively meet the minimum threshold amounts of

Group EBITDA and Group Total Assets.

Financial covenants are reviewed by the Spotless Board and

reported to financiers on a semi-annual basis. Spotless was in

compliance with all its financial covenants as at 30 June 2018.

Bonding

The Group has $1,915.9 million of bank guarantee and

insurance bond facilities to support its contracting activities.

$1,032.5 million of these facilities are provided to the Group

on a committed basis and $883.4 million on an uncommitted

basis. Included in these facilities is a syndicated $210.0 million

committed revolving bank guarantee facility for the specific

purpose of a passenger rail manufacturing contract and of which

$142.9 million is utilised and $67.1 million is unutilised.

The Group’s bonding facilities are provided by a number of banks

and insurance companies on an unsecured and revolving basis.

These facilities are supported by Group guarantees representing

certain minimum threshold amounts of Group EBIT and Group

Total Tangible Assets (for Downer) and Group EBITDA and

Group Total Assets (for Spotless). $1,341.6 million (refer to Note

C9) of these facilities were utilised as at 30 June 2018 with

$574.3 million unutilised. These facilities have varying maturity

dates between calendar years 2018 and 2020.

The underlying risk being assumed by the relevant financier

under all bank guarantees and insurance bonds is corporate

credit risk rather than project specific risk.

The Group has the flexibility in respect of certain committed

facility amounts (shown as part of the unutilised bilateral bank

loan facilities) which can at the election of the Group be utilised

for bonding purposes.

Refinancing requirements

Where existing facilities approach maturity, the Group

will negotiate with existing and, where required, with new

financiers to extend the maturity date of or refinance these

facilities. The Group’s financial metrics and credit rating as

well as conditions in financial markets and other factors may

influence the outcome of these negotiations.

Credit ratings

The Group has an Investment Grade credit rating of BBB

(Outlook Stable) from Fitch Ratings. Where the credit rating is

reduced or placed on negative watch, customers and suppliers

may be less willing to contract with the Group. Furthermore,

banks and other lending institutions may demand more stringent

terms (including increased pricing, reduced tenors and lower

facility limits) on debt and bonding facilities, to reflect the weaker

credit risk profile.

92 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

E3. Commitments

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

a) Capital expenditure commitments

Plant and equipment and other

Within one year60.3 74. 2

Between one and five years14.4 14.0

74.7 88.2

b) Operating lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to premises with lease terms of between

one to 20 years.

Within one year79.3 79.0

Between one and five years225.4 201.9

Greater than five years148.8 157.1

453.5 438.0

Non-cancellable operating leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of

between one to ten years.

Within one year65.2 71.8

Between one and five years84.8 91.9

Greater than five years7. 2 6.9

157. 2 170.6

c) Catering rights

Catering rights relates to exclusive secured catering rights arrangements with customers.

Within one year26.9 28.7

Between one and five years81.8 92.8

Greater than five years12.0 9.1

120.7 130.6

d) Finance lease commitments

Finance leases relate to plant and equipment with lease terms of between one to five years.

Within one year6.1 21.5

Between one and five years11.6 15.3

Minimum finance lease payments17.7 36.8

Future finance charges(1.4)(1.6)

Finance lease liabilities16.3 35.2

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowingsE15.1 20.4

Non-current borrowingsE111.2 14.8

16.3 35.2

e) Hire purchase liabilities

Within one year0.2 0.4

Between one and five years–0.2

Minimum hire purchase payments0.2 0.6

Hire purchase liabilities0.2 0.6

Included in the financial statements as:

Current borrowingsE10.2 0.4

Non-current borrowingsE1–0.2

0.2 0.6

f) Operating lease expenses

Operating lease expenses relating to land and buildings81.8 70.2

Operating lease expenses relating to plant and equipment121.1 92.9

Total operating lease expenses202.9 163.1

Annual Report 2018 93
E3. Commitments – continued

Recognition and measurement

Leases

When the terms of a lease transfer substantially all the risks and

rewards of ownership to the Group, the lease is classified as a

finance lease. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

(i) Operating leases

Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense

on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, except

where another systematic basis is more representative of

the time pattern in which economic benefits from the leased

assets are consumed.

(ii) Finance leases

Assets held under finance leases are initially recognised at

an amount equal to the lower of their fair value or the present

value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequently the assets

are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the

estimated useful life or the lease term.

Finance lease payments are apportioned between the finance

expense and the reduction of outstanding liability. The finance

expense is allocated to each period during the lease term so as

to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance

of the liability.

E4. Issued capital

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Ordinary shares

594,702,512 ordinary shares (2017: 594,702,512)2,263.1 2,263.2

Unvested executive incentive shares

4,207,358 ordinary shares (2017: 4,257,373)(19.8)(20.0)

200,000,000 Redeemable Optionally Adjustable

Distributing Securities (ROADS) (2017: 200,000,000)178.6 178.6

2,421.9 2,421.8

a) Fully paid ordinary share capital

Fully paid ordinary shares carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

20182017

m’s$’mm’s$’m

Fully paid ordinary share capital

Balance at the beginning of the financial year594.7 2,263.2 424.81,270.2

Capital raising

(i)

––169.91,011.0

Capital raising costs net of tax–(0.1)–(18.0)

Balance at the end of the financial year594.7 2,263.1 594.72,263.2

b) Unvested executive incentive shares

Balance at the beginning of the financial year4.3 (20.0)4.5(21.0)

Vested executive incentive share transactions

(ii)

(0.1)0.2 (0. 2)1.0

Balance at the end of the financial year4.2 (19.8)4.3(20.0)

(i) Relates to 169.9 million shares issued from capital raising as part of the Spotless takeover offer where two new shares for every five outstanding shares were issued at a

discounted price of $5.95 per share.

(ii) June 2018 figures referable to the second deferred component of the 2015 STI award and the first deferred component of the 2016 STI award totalling 50,015 vested shares

for a value of $192,660.

June 2017 figures referable to the second deferred component of the 2014 STI award and the first deferred component of the 2015 STI award totalling 196,083 vested shares

for a value of $955,174.

Unvested executive incentive shares are stock market purchases and are held by the Executive Employee Share Plan Trust. Dividends

are retained in the trust to be used by the Company to acquire additional shares on the market for employee equity plans.

94 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

E4. Issued capital – continued

20182017

m’s $’m m’s $’m 

c) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities

(ROADS)

Balance at the beginning and at the end of the financial year200.0 178.6 200.0 178.6

ROADS are perpetual, redeemable, exchangeable preference shares. In accordance with the terms of the ROADS preference shares, the

dividend rate for the one year commencing 15 June 2018 is 6.15% per annum (2017: 6.05% per annum) which is equivalent to the one

year swap rate on 15 June 2018 plus the Step-up margin of 4.05% per annum.

Share options and performance rights

During the financial year 1,078,912 performance rights (2017: 1,608,887) in relation to unissued shares were granted to senior

executives of the Group under the LTI plan. Further details of the Key Management Personnel (KMP) LTI plan are contained in the

Remuneration Report.

Recognition and measurement

Ordinary shares

Incremental costs directly attributed to the issue of ordinary shares are accounted for as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

Executive incentive shares

When executive incentive shares subsequently vest to employees under the Downer employee share plans, the carrying value of the

vested shares is transferred from issued capital to the employee benefits reserve.

E5. Reserves

2018

$’m

Hedge

reserve

Foreign

currency

translation

reserve

Employee

benefits

reserve

Available-

for-sale

revaluation

reserve

To t a l

attributable

to the

members of

the Parent

Balance at 1 July 2017(6.2)(18.0)14.1 (0.8)(10.9)

Foreign currency translation difference–(8.8)––(8.8)

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(6.8)–––(6.8)

Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets–––(1.3)(1.3)

Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss–––(0.5)(0.5)

Total comprehensive income for the year(6.8)(8.8)–(1.8)(17. 4)

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(0.2)–(0.2)

Share-based employee benefits expense––2.8 –2.8 

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year––(1.2)–(1.2)

Balance at 30 June 2018(13.0)(26.8)15.5 (2.6)(26.9)

2017

Balance at 1 July 2016(2.6)(18 .4)12.2–(8.8)

Foreign currency translation difference–0.4––0.4

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges (net of tax)(3.6)–––(3.6)

Change in fair value of available-for-sale assets–––18.318.3

Available-for-sale reserve transferred to profit or loss–––(19.1)(19.1)

Total comprehensive income for the year(3.6)0.4–(0.8)(4.0)

Vested executive incentive share transactions––(1.0)–(1.0)

Share-based employee benefits expense––5.6–5.6

Income tax relating to share-based transactions

during the year––(2.7)–(2.7)

Balance at 30 June 2017(6.2)(18.0)14.1(0.8)(10.9)

Annual Report 2018 95
E5. Reserves – continued

Hedge reserve

The hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value cash flow hedging instruments

relating to future transactions.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The foreign currency translation reserve comprises foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements

of operations where their functional currency is different to the presentation currency of the Group.

Employee benefit reserve

The employee benefit reserve is used to recognise the fair value of share-based payments issued to employees over the vesting period,

and to recognise the value attributable to the share-based payments during the reporting period.

Available-for-sale revaluation reserve

The fair value reserve includes the cumulative net movement above cost of the fair value of available-for-sale investment until the

asset is realised or impaired or control of an acquiree is obtained at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in the

available-for-sale revaluation reserve is included in the profit or loss.

E6. Dividends

a) Ordinary shares

2018

Final

2018

Interim

2017

Final

2017

Interim

Dividend per share (in Australian cents)14.013.012.012.0

Franking percentage50%50%100%100%

Cost (in $’m)83.377. 371.451.0

Dividend record date30/8/187/3/1812/9/1716/2/17

Payment date27/9/184/4/1810/10/1716/3/17

Recognition and measurement

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the entity,

before or at the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date.

The final 2018 dividend has not been declared at the reporting date and therefore is not reflected in the consolidated

financial statements.

b) Redeemable Optionally Adjustable Distributing Securities (ROADS)

2018Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.000.991.021.004.01

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)2.02.02.02.08.0

Payment date15/9/1715/12/1715/3/1815/6/18

2017Quarter 1Quarter 2Quarter 3Quarter 4To t a l

Dividend per ROADS (in Australian cents)1.081.091.031.084.28

New Zealand imputation credit percentage100%100%100%100%100%

Cost (in A$’m)2.12.22.12.28.6

Payment date15/9/1615/12/1615/3/1715/6/17

c) Franking credits

The franking account balance as at 30 June 2018 is nil (2017: nil).

96 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F

Group structure

This section explains significant aspects of Downer’s group structure, including joint arrangements where the Group has interest

in its controlled entities and how changes have affected the Group structure. It also provides information on business acquisitions

and disposals made during the financial year as well as information relating to Downer’s related parties, the extent of related party

transactions and the impact they had on the Group’s financial performance and position.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

F2. Acquisition of businesses

F3. Disposal of business

F4. Controlled entities

F5. Related party information

F6. Parent entity disclosures

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates

Note

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Interest in joint ventures at the beginning of the financial year19.0 17. 3

Share of net profit15.9 15.8

Share of distributions(13.5)(15.9)

Acquisition of businessesF2–1.8

Foreign currency exchange differences(0.2)–

Interest in joint ventures at the end of the financial year21.2 19.0

Interest in associates at the beginning of the financial year69.0 64.3

Share of net profit9.2 6.7

Share of distributions(3.4)(2.0)

Interest in associates at the end of the financial year74.8 69.0

Interest in joint ventures and associates96.0 88.0

Annual Report 2018 97
F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

a) Interest in joint ventures and associates – continued

The Group has interests in the following joint ventures and associates which are equity accounted:

Name of arrangementPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2018

%

2017

%

Joint ventures

Allied Asphalt LimitedAsphalt plantNew Zealand5050

Bitumen Importers Australia Joint VentureConstruction of bitumen storage facilityAustralia5050

Bitumen Importers Australia Pty LtdBitumen importerAustralia5050

Eden Park Catering Limited

(i)

Catering for functions at Eden ParkNew Zealand5050

EDI Rail-Bombardier Transportation Pty LtdSale and maintenance of railway rolling stockAustralia5050

Emulco LimitedEmulsion plantNew Zealand5050

Isaac Asphalt LimitedManufacture and supply of asphaltNew Zealand5050

RTL Mining and Earthworks Pty LtdContract mining; civil works and plant hireAustralia4444

VEC Shaw Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia5050

ZFS Functions (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Catering for functions at Federation SquareAustralia5050

Associates

MHPS Plant Services Pty LtdRefurbishment, construction and maintenance of

boilers

Australia2727

Keolis Downer Pty LtdOperation and maintenance of Gold Coast light rail,

Melbourne tram network and bus operation

Australia4949

Reliance Rail Pty LtdRail manufacturing and maintenanceAustralia–49

(i) Spotless joint ventures acquired as part of the Spotless Group Holdings Limited acquisition. Refer to Note F2.

There are no material commitments held by joint ventures or associates.

All joint ventures and associates have a statutory reporting date of 30 June, with the exception of MHPS Plant Services Pty Ltd which

has a statutory reporting date of 31 March.

Recognition and measurement

Equity accounting

(i) Investments in joint ventures

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(ii) Investments in associates

Investments in entities over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, are accounted for using

the equity method of accounting. The investment in associates is carried at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of

the associates’ net assets, less any impairment in value.

Proportionate consolidation

Joint operations

Joint operations give the Group the right to the underlying assets and obligations for liabilities and are accounted for by recognising

the share of those assets and liabilities.

98 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations

The Group has interests in the following joint operations which are proportionately consolidated:

Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2018

%

2017

%

Ausenco Downer Joint VentureEnabling works for Carrapateena ProjectAustralia

50


BPL Downer Joint VentureBuilding constructionSingapore

50

50

CDJV Construction Pty Ltd

(v)

Employment of labour force deployed in

Clough Downer

Australia

50

50

China Hawkins Construction JVBuilding constructionNew Zealand

50

50

City Rail JVEnabling works for Auckland City Rail LinkNew Zealand

50

50

Clough Downer Joint Venture

(v)

Gas compression facilities and pipelinesAustralia

50

50

CMC and Downer Joint Venture

(v)

Road constructionAustralia


50

Concrete Paving Recycling Pty LtdRoad maintenanceAustralia

49

49

Dampier Highway Joint VentureHighway construction and designAustralia

50

50

DM Roads Services Pty LtdEmployment of labour force deployed in DM

in New South Wales

Australia

50

50

Downer-Carey Mining JVManagement of run of mine and ore

rehandling services

Australia

46

46

Downer Clough Joint Venture

(iv)

Ammonium nitrate productionAustralia


50

Downer Daracon Joint VentureConstructionAustralia

50

50

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd & Leighton

Contractors Pty Ltd

Design and construction of rail worksAustralia

50

50

Downer Electrical GHD JV

(i)

Traffic control infrastructureAustralia

90

90

Downer FKG JVMajor civil and roadworksAustralia

50


Downer HEB Joint VentureDesign and build of the New Zealand National

War Memorial Park

New Zealand

50

50

DownerMouchel

(ii)

Road maintenanceAustralia

60

60

Downer Seymour Whyte JVConstruct of an urban operations training facilityAustralia

50


Downer York Joint VentureTramline extensionAustralia

50

50

Hatch Downer JVDesign and construction of solvent extraction plantAustralia

50

50

HCMT Supplier JVRail build supplierAustralia

50

50

John Holland EDI Joint VentureResearch reactorAustralia

40

40

John Holland Pty Ltd & Downer Utilities

Australia Pty Ltd Partnership

Operation of water recycling plant at MackayAustralia

50

50

Karlayura ReGen Joint VentureRoad constructionAustralia

50

50

Landloch Project JVRehabilitation works, earthworks and plant

monitoring and maintenance

Australia

(iii)

(iii)

LD&C Joint Venture

(iv)

Design and construction of pipes and structuresAustralia


37. 5

Leighton Works Joint VentureRoad constructionNew Zealand

50

50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture

(Russley Road)

Road constructionNew Zealand

50

50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (Connectus)Rail constructionNew Zealand

50

50

Macdow Downer Joint Venture (CSM2)Road constructionNew Zealand

50

50

Annual Report 2018 99
Name of joint operationPrincipal activity

Country of

operation

Ownership interest

2018

%

2017

%

Organic Water Joint VentureDesign, construction and operation of

water recycling plant

Australia

50

50

Synergy Joint Venture

(iv)

Road and pavement constructionAustralia


33

Thiess Downer EDI Works JV

(iv)

Construction of coast to coast railwayAustralia


25

Thiess VEC Joint VentureHighway constructionAustralia

50

50

Utilita Water JVPlant maintenanceAustralia

50

50

Waanyi Downer JV Pty LtdContract mining servicesAustralia

50


Waanyi ReGen JVRehab contract servicesAustralia

50

50

WDJV Unit TrustContract mining servicesAustralia

50


Wiri Train Depot Joint VentureConstruction of the Wiri train depotNew Zealand

50

50

(i) Contractual arrangement prevents control despite ownership of more than 50% of these joint ventures.

(ii) The joint arrangement specifies 50% interest, except where an Integrated Service Arrangement (ISA) obligation is in place, whereby Downer EDI Limited has a 60% interest.

(iii) Joint control is effected through unanimous vote by joint venture partners to direct the joint arrangement’s relevant activities; however, the Group’s interest may vary based

on discrete phases of works performed.

(iv) Downer’s interest in the joint operation was disposed of/ceased during the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

(v) Entity commenced voluntary de-registration/wind up as at 30 June 2018.

F2. Acquisition of businesses

2018

Cash outflow on acquisitions

The total net cash outflow as a result of the acquisitions made during the financial year ended 30 June 2018 is as follows:

Note

Spotless

$’m

Other

(i)


$’m

To t a l

$’m

Further NCI acquired

(ii)

281.0 – 281.0

Consideration payable during the yearC5 110.8 – 110.8

Gross purchase consideration– 119.3 119.3

Deferred consideration paid during the year– 1.3 1.3

Less: Net cash acquired–(1.3)(1.3)

Less: Contingent consideration–(35.2)(35.2)

Total cash consideration 391.8 84.1 475.9

(i) Other includes the acquisition of UrbanGrid, Envista, Integrated Services, Cabrini, ITS Pipetech, Hawkins and AGIS.

(ii) Represents the cash consideration paid during the year for 22.15% additional interest obtained in Spotless and $0.4 million of additional NCI obtained and paid during

the year.

Spotless

On 27 June 2017, the Group obtained a controlling interest in Spotless Group Holdings Limited (Spotless). During the 2018 financial

year, the Group commissioned an independent valuation of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Spotless

acquisition. The valuation determined the net identifiable assets / (liabilities) as being $269.2 million higher than previously reported.

As a consequence, the goodwill acquired as part of the Spotless acquisition has decreased by this amount resulting in the previously

reported Spotless goodwill of $1,651.3 million reducing to $1,382.1 million. The comparative information shown in the financial statements

has been restated to include the adjusted fair values. There has been no impact to the comparative profit or loss as a result of

these restatements.

F1. Joint arrangements and associate entities – continued

b) Interest in joint operations – continued

100 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

Details of the identified adjustments are as follows:

Provisional

amount

disclosed at

30 Jun 2017

$’m

Acquisition

adjustments

$’m

Restated

(i)


balance at

30 Jun 2017

$’m

Cash and other cash equivalents66.0–66.0

Trade and other receivables412 .7(3.7)409.0

Inventories32.0–32.0

Other current assets11.3–11.3

Equity accounted investments1.8–1.8

Property, plant and equipment281.2(14.8)266.4

Intangibles65.9422.8488.7

Non-current trade and other receivables73.4(41 .0)32.4

Net deferred tax asset / (liability)59.4(90.5)(31.1)

Other non-current assets25.8–25.8

Trade and other payables(381.6)–(381.6)

Provisions(162.7)(3.5)(166.2)

Borrowings(848.3)–(848.3)

Financial liabilities(2.3)–(2.3)

Current tax payable( 7. 2)–( 7. 2)

Non-current trade and other payables(11.5)(0.1)(11.6)

Net identifiable (liabilities) / assets acquired(384.1)269.2(114.9)

(i) June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

Spotless non‑controlling interest (NCI)

During the year, the Group acquired an additional 22.15% interest in Spotless for $281.0 million. The consideration paid was equal to the

carrying amount of the NCI and as a consequence, there was no change in the equity attributable to the owners of the Company from

the acquisition of the NCI.

The following table summarises the NCI in relation to the Spotless acquisition:

2018

$’m

Restated

(i)


2017

$’m

Current assets 529.1 518.3

Non-current assets 2,272.8 2,292.9

Current liabilities(521.1)(1,348.2)

Non-current liabilities(1,009.9)(195.8)

Net assets 1,270.9 1 , 267. 2

NCI percentage12.198%34.343%

Net assets attributable to NCI155.0435.2

(i) 30 June 2017 balances were restated to reflect the impact of acquisition accounting adjustments made during the period on opening balances.

Other acquisitions

The goodwill arising from other individually immaterial acquisitions made during the financial year ended 30 June 2018 is as follows:

Note

To t a l

$’m

Cash 84.1

Deferred consideration and contingent consideration 35.2

119.3

Less: Net identifiable assets acquired14.3

Goodwill arising from acquisitionsC7 105.0

Annual Report 2018 101
F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

UrbanGrid

On 1 July 2017, Downer acquired the net assets of UrbanGrid

Australia (UrbanGrid). UrbanGrid provides a wide range of

specialist services to develop, operate and maintain Western

Australia’s essential water, energy and communications networks

as well as civil projects.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

Cabrini

On 1 July 2017, Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd acquired the

customer contracts and associated assets and liabilities of

Cabrini Linen Service (referred to as “Cabrini”) from Cabrini

Health Limited. The primary purpose of this acquisition is to

strengthen Spotless’ linen capabilities, enhance customer

service offerings and maintain Spotless’ market-leading position

in the Victorian health sector.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

Envista

On 2 March 2018, the Group acquired 100% of Envista Pty

Ltd and Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd (“Envista”). Envista

provides strategy, architecture and delivery services in

complex and sensitive environments. The acquisition enhances

Downer’s services to customers in the Defence and National

Security sectors.

The acquisition accounting for Envista will remain provisionally

accounted for as at 30 June 2018.

Integrated Services

On 31 January 2018, the Group acquired the net assets of

Integrated Services. The business provides traffic infrastructure

electrics related works and complements the existing Transport

business capabilities.

The acquisition accounting for Integrated Services will remain

provisionally accounted for as at 30 June 2018.

2017

Hawkins

On 31 March 2017, the Group acquired the business of Hawkins.

The principal activities of Hawkins include construction,

infrastructure development and project management throughout

New Zealand. The Hawkins acquisition will complement

existing engineering, construction and maintenance capabilities

in New Zealand.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

I T S P i p eTe c h

On 31 March 2017, the Group acquired 100% of ITS PipeTech Pty

Ltd (ITS). The principal activities of ITS include pipe bursting,

civil maintenance and robotics. ITS complements, grows and

broadens existing pipeline capabilities in the Utilities business.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

RPQ Group

On 30 September 2016, the Group acquired 100% of RPQ Group

(RPQ). The principal activities of RPQ include the supply of asphalt,

bitumen spray sealing, road milling and profiling, road maintenance,

foam bitumen stabilisation, mobile asphalt production, mobile

crushing and equipment hire.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

AGIS

On 1 July 2016, the Group acquired 100% of AGIS Group Pty Limited

(AGIS). AGIS provides project management, systems engineering

and integration, and capability development advice to a range

of government agencies including the Department of Defence,

Australian Defence Forces and the Department of Foreign Affairs

and Trade. The AGIS acquisition expands the Group’s footprint in the

Defence sector.

The Group has concluded the acquisition accounting process

for this acquisition.

102 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F2. Acquisition of businesses – continued

The valuation techniques used for measuring the fair value of material assets acquired were as follows:

Asset acquiredValuation technique

Trade and other receivablesCost technique – considers the expected economic benefits receivable when due.

Property, plant and equipment

Market comparison technique and cost technique – the valuation model considers quoted market

prices for similar items when available and depreciated replacement cost when appropriate.

Intangible assets

Multi-period excess earnings method – considers the present value of net cash flows expected to

be generated by the customer contracts and relationships, intellectual property and brand names,

excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets. For the valuation of certain brand names,

discounted cash flow under the relief from royalty valuation methodology has been utilised.

Trade and other payablesCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

BorrowingsCost technique – considers the expected economic outflow of resources when due.

ProvisionsCost technique – considers the probable economic outflow of resources when the obligation arises.

Goodwill from acquisitions

The goodwill resulting from the above acquisitions represents

the future market development, expected revenue growth

opportunities, technical talent and expertise, and the benefits

of expected synergies. These benefits are not recognised

separately from goodwill because they do not meet the

recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets. None of

the goodwill arising from these acquisitions is expected to be

deductible for tax purposes.

Recognition and measurement

Business combinations

The Group accounts for business combinations using the

acquisition method when control is transferred to the Group.

The consideration transferred in the acquisition is measured at

fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred in

profit or loss.

(i) Acquisition achieved in stages

Where a business combination is achieved in stages, the Group’s

previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured

to fair value at the acquisition date (i.e. the date when the

Group attains control) and the resulting gain or loss, if any, is

recognised in profit or loss. Amounts arising from interests in the

acquiree prior to the acquisition date that have previously been

recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to

profit or loss where such treatment would be appropriate if that

interest were disposed of or control of the acquiree obtained.

(ii) Contingent consideration

The subsequent accounting for changes in the fair value of

contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement

period adjustments depends on how the contingent

consideration is classified.

Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not

remeasured at subsequent reporting dates and its subsequent

settlement is accounted for within equity.

Contingent consideration that is classified as an asset or

liability is remeasured at subsequent reporting dates with the

corresponding gain or loss being recognised in profit or loss.

(iii) Non‑controlling interest

The Group can elect, on an acquisition by acquisition basis, to

recognise non-controlling interests in an acquired entity either

at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s share of the

acquired entity’s net identifiable assets / (liabilities).

Key estimate and judgement:

Accounting for acquisition of businesses

Accounting for acquisition of businesses requires

judgement and estimates in determining the fair value of

acquired assets and liabilities. The relevant accounting

standard allows the fair value of assets acquired to be

refined in a window of a year after the acquisition date

and judgement is required to ensure that the adjustments

made reflect new information obtained about facts and

circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date.

The adjustments made to the fair value of assets are

retrospective in nature and have an impact on goodwill

recognised on acquisition.

Annual Report 2018 103
F3. Disposal of business

2018

On 21 November 2017, Downer entered an agreement to

sell its Freight Rail business to Progress Rail for $109 million

($122.7 million after adjusting for working capital movements),

with a completion date of 2 January 2018. The following disposal

entries were recorded in the financial year:

Note

2018

$’m

Proceeds on disposal129.6

Less: working capital adjustments(6.9)

Disposal costs incurred(4 . 3)

Proceeds net of disposal costs118.4

Trade and other receivables30.0

Amounts due from customers

under contracts33.5

Inventory 49.4

Other assets0.1

Intangibles (goodwill)C714.2

Property, plant and equipmentC660.0

Assets disposed187. 2

Trade and other payables(3.7)

Amounts due to customers

under contracts(1.9)

Employee benefits provisions(8.6)

ProvisionsC8(4 . 4)

Liabilities disposed(18.6)

Net assets disposed168.6

Loss on disposal pre-taxB2(b)(50.2)

Income tax benefit9.6

Total loss on disposal after taxB2(b)(40.6)

2017

The Group did not dispose of any business during the period

ended 30 June 2017.

104 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F4. Controlled entities

The controlled entities of the Group listed below were wholly owned during the current and prior year, unless otherwise stated:

Australia

AGIS Group Pty Ltd

ASPIC Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Dean Adams Consulting Pty Ltd

Downer Australia Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Associated Investments Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Company Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering CWH Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Electrical Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Group Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Power Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Pty Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Transmission Pty Ltd

(iv)

Downer EDI Limited Tax Deferred Employee Share Plan

Downer EDI Mining Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Blasting Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Mining-Minerals Exploration Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Rail Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Services Pty Ltd

Downer EDI Works Pty Ltd

Downer Energy Systems Pty Limited

Downer Group Finance Pty Limited

Downer Holdings Pty Limited

Downer Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

Downer Mining Regional NSW Pty Ltd

Downer PipeTech Pty Limited

Downer PPP Investments Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Networks Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities New Zealand Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities Projects Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities SDR Australia Pty Ltd

Downer Utilities SDR Pty Ltd

Downer Victoria PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDI Rail PPP Maintenance Pty Ltd

EDICO Pty Ltd

Emoleum Partnership

Emoleum Road Services Pty Ltd

Emoleum Roads Group Pty Ltd

Emoleum Services Pty Limited

Envista Pty Limited

(iii)

Evans Deakin Industries Pty Ltd

Faxgroove Pty. Limited

(iv)

LNK Group Pty Ltd

Locomotive Demand Power Pty Ltd

(viii)

Lowan (Management) Pty. Ltd.

Maclab Services Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies (Holdings) Pty Ltd

Mineral Technologies Pty Ltd

New South Wales Spray Seal Pty Ltd

Otraco International Pty Ltd

Otracom Pty Ltd

Primary Producers Improvers Pty Ltd

QCC Resources Pty Ltd

Rail Services Victoria Pty Ltd

REJV Services Pty Ltd

Reussi Pty Ltd

(iv)

Roche Bros. Superannuation Pty. Ltd.

Roche Services Pty Ltd

RPC Roads Pty Ltd

RPQ Asphalt Pty Ltd

RPQ North Coast Pty Ltd

RPQ Pty Ltd

RPQ Services Pty Ltd

RPQ Spray Seal Pty Ltd

SACH Infrastructure Pty Ltd

Smarter Contracting Pty Ltd

(iii)

Snowden Holdings Pty Ltd

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Pty Ltd

Snowden Technologies Pty Ltd

Southern Asphalters Pty Ltd

Trico Asphlat Pty Ltd

VEC Civil Engineering Pty Ltd

VEC Plant and Equipment Pty Ltd

New Zealand and Pacific

A F Downer memorial Scholarship Trust

DGL Investments Limited

Downer Construction (Fiji) Limited

Downer Construction (New Zealand) Limited

Downer Construction PNG Limited

(iv)

Downer EDI Engineering PNG Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Power Limited

Downer EDI Mining NZ Limited

(iv)

Downer EDI Works Vanuatu Limited

Downer New Zealand Limited

Downer New Zealand Projects 1 Ltd

Downer New Zealand Projects 2 Ltd

Downer New Zealand Projects 3 Ltd

Downer Utilities Alliance New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities New Zealand Limited

Downer Utilities PNG Limited

Green Vision Recycling Limited

Hawkins 2017 Limited

Hawkins Project 1 Limited

ITS Pipetech (Fiji) Limited

Richter Drilling (PNG) Limited

Techtel Training & Development Limited

Underground Locators Limited

Waste Solutions Limited

Works Finance (NZ) Limited

Annual Report 2018 105
F4. Controlled entities – continued

Africa

Downer EDI Mining – Ghana Ltd

Downer Mining South Africa Proprietary Limited

(iii)

MD Mineral Technologies SA (Pty) Ltd.

MD Mining and Mineral Services (Pty) Ltd

(i)

Otraco Botswana (Proprietary) Limited

Otraco Southern Africa (Pty) Ltd

Otraco Tyre Management Namibia (Proprietary) Limited

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants (Proprietary) Ltd

Snowden Training (Pty) Ltd

(iv)

Asia

Chan Lian Construction Pte Ltd

(iv)

Chang Chun Ao Da Technical Consulting Co Ltd

(ii)

ChangChun Ao Hua Technical Consulting Co Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering (S) Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Engineering Holdings (Thailand) Limited

Downer EDI Engineering Thailand Ltd

Downer EDI Group Insurance Pte Ltd

Downer EDI Rail (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer EDI Works (Hong Kong) Limited

Downer Pte Ltd

Downer Singapore Pte Ltd

Duffill Watts Pte Ltd

(iv)

MD Mineral Technologies Private Limited

PT Duffill Watts Indonesia

PT Otraco Indonesia

Americas

DBS Chile SpA

Mineral Technologies Comercio de Equipamentos para

Processamento de Minerais LTD

Mineral Technologies, Inc.

Otraco Brasil Gerenciamento de Pneus Ltda

Otraco Chile SA

Snowden Consultoria do Brasil Limitada

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Inc.

(ii)

United Kingdom

Sillars (B. & C.E.) Limited

Sillars (TMWD) Limited

Sillars Holdings Limited

Sillars Road Construction Limited

Snowden Mining Industry Consultants Limited

(iv)

Works Infrastructure (Holdings) Limited

Works Infrastructure Limited

Spotless

(vi)

AE Smith & Son (NQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith & Son Proprietary Ltd

AE Smith Building Technologies Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service (SEQ) Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Holdings Pty Ltd

AE Smith Service Pty Ltd

Aladdin Group Services Pty Limited

(vii)

Aladdin Holdings Pty Limited

(vii)


Aladdin Laundry Pty Limited

(vii)


Aladdin Linen Supply Pty Limited

(vii)


Asset Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vii)


Berkeley Challenge (Management) Pty Limited

(vii)

Berkeley Challenge Pty Limited

(vii)


Berkeley Railcar Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Berkeleys Franchise Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Bonnyrigg Management Pty Ltd

(vii)

Cleandomain Proprietary Limited

(vii)


Cleanevent Australia Pty Ltd

(vii)


Cleanevent Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)


Cleanevent International Pty Ltd

(vii)


Cleanevent Middle East FZ LLC

(ii)

Cleanevent Technology Pty Ltd

(vii)


Emerald ESP Pty Ltd

Ensign Services (Aust) Pty Ltd

(vii)


Errolon Pty Ltd

(vii)


Fieldforce Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Infrastructure Constructions Pty Ltd

(vii)


International Linen Service Pty Ltd

(vii)


Monteon Pty Ltd

(vii)


National Community Enterprises

(ii)

Nationwide Venue Management Pty Ltd

(vii)


NG-Serv Pty Ltd

(vii)

Nuvogroup (Australia) Pty Ltd

(vii)

Pacific Industrial Services BidCo Pty Limited

(vii)


Pacific Industrial Services FinCo Pty Limited

(vii)


Riley Shelley Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Skilltech Consulting Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Skilltech Metering Solutions Pty Ltd

(vii)


Sports Venue Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Defence Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Facility Services (NZ) Limited

Spotless Facility Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Financing Pty Limited

(vii)

106 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

F4. Controlled entities – continued

Spotless

(vi)

(continued)

Spotless Group Limited

(vii)


Spotless Group Holdings Limited

(vii)


Spotless Holdings (NZ) Limited

Spotless Investment Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Management Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Property Cleaning Services Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Securities Plan Pty Ltd

(vii)

Spotless Services Australia Limited

(vii)


Spotless Services International Pty Ltd

(vii)


Spotless Services Limited

(vii)


Spotless Treasury Pty Ltd

(vii)

SSL Asset Services (Management) Pty Ltd

(vii)


SSL Facilities Management Real Estate Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


SSL Security Services Pty Ltd

(vii)


Taylors Two Two Seven Pty Ltd

(vii)


Trenchless Group Pty Ltd

(vii)


UAM Pty Ltd

(vii)


Utility Services Group Holdings Pty Ltd

(vii)


Utility Services Group Limited

(vii)


(i) 70% ownership interest.

(ii) Entity currently undergoing liquidation/dissolution.

(iii) Entity acquired during the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

(iv) Entity liquidated during the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

(v) Entity incorporated during the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

(vi) Entity acquired as part of the Spotless Group Holdings Limited acquisition. The

ownership interest in Spotless described is 87.8% as at 30 June 2018.

(vii) These Spotless controlled entities all form part of the tax-consolidated group of

which Spotless Group Holdings Limited is the head entity.

(viii) Entity disposed during the financial year ended 30 June 2018.

F5. Related party information

a) Transactions with controlled entities

Aggregate amounts receivable from and payable to controlled

entities are included within total assets and liabilities balances

as disclosed in Note F6. Amounts contributed to the defined

contribution plan are disclosed in Note D1.

Other transactions which occurred during the financial year

between the parent entity and controlled entities, as well as

between entities in the Group, were on normal arm’s length

commercial terms.

b) Equity interests in related parties

Equity interests in subsidiaries

Details of the percentage of ordinary shares held in controlled

entities are disclosed in Note F4.

Equity interests in joint arrangements and

associate entities

Details of interests in joint arrangements and associate entities

are disclosed in Note F1. The business activities of a number of

these entities are conducted under joint venture arrangements.

Associated entities conduct business transactions with various

controlled entities. Such transactions include purchases and

sales, dividends and interest. All such transactions are conducted

on the basis of normal arm’s length commercial terms.

c) Controlling entity

The parent entity of the Group is Downer EDI Limited.

F6. Parent entity disclosures

a) Financial position

Company

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Assets

Current assets970.4 1,108.8

Non-current assets1,500.3 1,305.2

Total assets2,470.7 2 ,414.0

Liabilities

Current liabilities39.4 29.9

Non-current liabilities15.3 6.4

Total liabilities54.7 36.3

Net assets2,416.0 2 , 37 7.7

Equity

Issued capital2,243.3 2,243.2

Retained earnings157. 2 120.4

Reserves

Employee benefits reserve15.5 14.1

Total equity2,416.0 2 , 37 7.7

b) Financial performance

Profit for the year185.5 117.6

Total comprehensive income185.5 117.6

c) Guarantees entered into by the parent entity in

relation to debts of its subsidiaries

The parent entity has, in the normal course of business, entered

into guarantees in relation to the debts of its subsidiaries during

the financial year.

d) Contingent liabilities of the parent entity

The parent entity has no contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2018

(2017: nil) other than those disclosed in Note C9.

The parent entity does not have any commitments for acquisition

of property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2018 (2017: nil).

Annual Report 2018 107
G

Other

This section provides details on other required disclosures relating to the Group to comply with the accounting standards

and other pronouncements including the Group’s capital and financial risk management disclosure. This disclosure provides

information around the Group’s risk management policies and how Downer uses derivatives to hedge the underlying exposure to

changes in interest rates and to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

G1. New accounting standards

G2. Capital and financial risk management

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

G1. New accounting standards

a) New and amended accounting standards adopted

by the Group

In the current period, the Group has applied a number of new

and revised accounting standards issued by the Australian

Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that are mandatorily

effective for an accounting period that begins on or after

1 July 2017, as follows:

–AASB 2016-1 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for

Unrealised Losses (AASB 112);

–AASB 2016-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendments

to AASB 107; and

–AASB 2017-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Further Annual Improvements 2014-2016 Cycle.

Adoption of these standards has not resulted in any material

changes to the Group’s financial statements.

b) New accounting standards and interpretations

not yet adopted

The following standards, amendments to standards and

interpretations are relevant to current operations. They are

available for early adoption but have not been applied by the

Group in this Financial Report.

AASB 9 – Financial Instruments

AASB 9 replaces AASB 139 Financial instruments: Recognition

and Measurement and addresses the classification and

measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities, including

a new expected credit loss model for calculation of impairment

on financial assets, and new general hedge accounting

requirements. It also carries forward guidance on recognition

and derecognition of financial instruments from AASB 139.

The Group has adopted AASB 9 from 1 July 2018 and has

elected not to restate comparative information for prior periods.

Classification and measurement – financial assets

and liabilities

AASB 9 contains a new classification and measurement

approach for financial assets that reflects the business model in

which assets are managed and their cash flow characteristics.

AASB 9 contains three principal classification categories for

financial assets: measured at amortised cost, fair value through

other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through

profit or loss (FVTPL). The standard eliminates the existing

AASB 139 categories of held to maturity, loans and receivables

and available for sale, while the existing requirements for the

classification of financial liabilities in AASB 139 is retained.

Based on its assessment, the Group does not believe that the

new classification requirements will have a material impact.

The unquoted equity investment disclosed in Note G3 is

classified as available-for-sale investments carried at fair value

under AASB 139. Under AASB 9, the Group has designated this

investment as measured at FVOCI. Consequently, all fair value

gains and losses will be reported in the OCI and no impairment

losses nor gains or losses (when the investment is derecognised)

will be recognised in the statement of profit or loss.

Impairment

AASB 9 replaces the ‘incurred loss” model in AASB 139 with a

forward looking “expected credit loss” (ECL) model. This requires

considerate judgement about how changes in economic factors

affect ECL, which is determined on a probability-weighted basis.

There is consideration around the probability of default upon

initial recognition and subsequent assessment as to whether

there has been a significant increase in credit risk at each

reporting period.

The new impairment model will apply to financial assets

measured at amortised cost or FVOCI except for investment in

equity instruments.

108 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G1. New accounting standards – continued

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted – continued

AASB 9 – Financial Instruments – continued

Impairment – continued

Under AASB 9, loss allowances will be measured on either of the

following bases:

–12-month ECLs: where there are ECLs that result from

possible default events within 12 months from the

reporting date; and

–Lifetime ECLs: these are ECLs that result from all possible

default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.

The Group expects to apply the simplified approach to recognise

lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables and finance

lease receivables as permitted by AASB 9.

In general, the Group anticipates that the application of the

expected credit loss model of AASB 9 will result in the earlier

recognition of credit losses for the respective items and will

increase the amount of loss allowance recognised for these

items. While the Group is finalising the impairment assessment

utilising the simplified expected loss approach, it is anticipated

that the impact on transition will not be material.

Hedge accounting

AASB 9 will align the accounting for hedging instruments

more closely with the Group’s risk management objectives

and strategy and apply a more qualitative and forward-looking

approach to assessing hedge effectiveness. AASB 9 also

introduces new requirements on rebalancing hedge relationships

and prohibiting voluntary discontinuation of hedge accounting.

Under the new model, it is possible that more risk management

strategies, particularly those involving hedging a risk component

(other than foreign currency risk) of a non-financial item, will be

likely to qualify for hedge accounting.

An assessment of the Group’s current hedging relationships

indicates that they will qualify as continuing hedging

relationships upon application of AASB 9. Similar to the Group’s

current hedge accounting policy, management do not intend

to exclude the forward element of foreign currency forward

contracts from designated hedging relationships. Moreover, the

Group has already elected to adjust non-financial hedged items

with gains/losses arising from effective cash flow hedges under

AASB 139, which is mandatory under AASB 9.

Management do not anticipate that the application of AASB 9

hedge accounting requirements will have a material impact on

the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

AASB 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers

AASB 15 changes the manner in which revenue is recognised

and provides for a significant increase in the disclosure

requirements for the business.

The core principle is that an entity recognises revenue to depict

the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in

an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity

expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

This means that revenue will be recognised when control of

goods or services is transferred rather than on transfer of

risks and rewards.

During the current period, the Group made significant progress

toward completing the evaluation of potential changes from

adopting the new standard on future financial reporting and

disclosures. The Group has completed material contract reviews

and detailed policy drafting. The evaluation has included

consultation between Group and Divisional Finance Teams,

Commercial and Group Legal functions. The implementation

project is ongoing and therefore all amounts are current

estimates which are subject to finalisation prior to final

implementation.

The Group has adopted AASB 15 from 1 July 2018 using the

cumulative approach method on initial application. This means

that the cumulative impact of adoption is recognised in the

opening retained earnings at 1 July 2018 with no restatement

of comparatives.

Annual Report 2018 109
G1. New accounting standards – continued

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted – continued

AASB 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

Rendering of Services

Services revenue is primarily generated from maintenance and other services supplied to infrastructure assets and facilities across different

sectors as well as from contract mining services, mining assets maintenance services, tyre management, blasting, catering and laundry

services. The service contracts that have been determined to have one performance obligation which are significantly integrated or highly

inter-related and are fulfilled over time and therefore there is no change to the current revenue recognition methodology.

However, the new standard provides a higher threshold for recognition of variations, claims and incentives which only allows revenue

from variations and claims to be recognised to the extent they are approved or enforceable under the contract. The amount of revenue

is then recognised to the extent it is highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not happen.

Construction Revenue

The contractual terms and the way in which the Group operates its construction contracts is predominantly derived from projects

containing one performance obligation. Contracted revenue will continue to be recognised over time based on stage of completion of

contract. As with services revenue the new standard provides higher thresholds for variable consideration, as well as accounting for claims

and variations as contract modifications requiring recognition only to the extent that they are approved or enforceable under the contract.

The amount of revenue is then recognised to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal of revenue will not happen.

The Group has identified the following differences between current accounting standards (AASB 118 Revenue and AASB 111

Construction Contracts) and AASB 15:

Current AccountingFuture Accounting

Contract claims and variations – now referred to as contract modifications

Estimates of revenue include:

–claims from customers where negotiations

have reached an advanced stage and

it is probable that the customer will

accept the claim and the amount can be

measured reliably and

–variations when it is probable that the

customer will approve the variation and the

amount can be measured reliably.

Revenue in relation to variations, such as a change in the scope of the contract, will

only be included in the transaction price, when it is approved by the parties to the

contract, the variation is enforceable and the amount becomes highly probable.

Variations will be recognised when client instruction has been received in line with

customary business practice in the sector.

Revenue in relation to claims, where the Group has an enforceable right between

the parties, is only included in the transaction price when the amount claimable

becomes highly probable. This is a higher threshold than is required by current

accounting standards.

In making this assessment, Downer considers a number of factors including nature

of the claim, formal or informal acceptance by the customer of the validity of the

claim, stage of negotiations, legal opinion on the enforceability of the claim under

the contract, or the historical outcome of similar claims to determine whether the

”highly probable” threshold has been met.

Impact on transition

As a result of the change to a higher threshold of approval of claims or variations

and the highly probable threshold for the estimation of the amount to be

recognised as revenue, it is estimated that revenue recognised prior to 30 June

2018 will be deferred to later years resulting in a corresponding adjustment to

opening retained earnings at 1 July 2018 of $198.9 million after tax.

The above adjustment includes claims and variations in relation to the Tan Burrup

and nRAH contracts. Refer to Note C9 Contingent Liabilities for further details.

Contract costs (Tender costs)

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process are

capitalised within amounts due from customers

under contracts when it is probable that the

contract will be awarded. If the contracts are not

subsequently awarded the amounts capitalised are

expensed to profit or loss.

Costs incurred during the tender/bid process will be expensed, unless they are

incremental to obtaining the contract and the Group expects to recover those

costs or where they are explicitly chargeable to the customer regardless of

whether the contract is obtained.

Impact on transition

Tender costs on contracts of $23.9 million after tax currently capitalised will be

required to be written off through opening retained earnings at 1 July 2018.

110 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G1. New accounting standards – continued

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted – continued

AASB 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

Current AccountingFuture Accounting

Performance obligations and contract duration

Under AASB 111 Construction Contracts revenue is

recognised over the stated term of the contract.

Revenue is allocated to each performance obligation and recognised as the

performance obligation is satisfied which may be at a point in time or over time.

AASB 15 requires a more granular approach to identify the different revenue

streams (i.e. performance obligations) in a contract by identifying the different

activities that are being undertaken and then aggregating only those where the

different activities are significantly integrated or highly interdependent.

AASB 15 provides guidance in respect of the term over which revenue may be

recognised and is limited to the period for which the parties have enforceable

rights and obligations. When the customer can terminate for convenience without

a substantive penalty, the contract term and related revenue is limited to the

termination period.

Impact on transition

The contract review performed by the Group identified some contracts with

additional performance obligations. This has resulted in an adjustment to opening

retained earnings at 1 July 2018 of $26.8 million after tax.

Measure of progress

Contract revenue and contract costs are

recognised as revenue and expenses by reference

to the stage of completion of the contract at the

end of the reporting period.

The Group will measure revenue using the measure of progress that best reflects

the Group’s performance in satisfying the performance obligation within the

contracts over time. The different methods of measuring progress include an

input method (e.g. costs incurred) or an output method (e.g. milestones reached).

The same method of measuring progress will be consistently applied to similar

performance obligations.

Impact on transition

In relation to particular Rail maintenance contracts, it was identified that the

input method would better reflect the measure of progress rather than the billing

method currently used. Based on this analysis the adjustment to opening retained

earnings at 1 July 2018 is $2.5 million after tax.

Variable consideration

Estimates of revenue include incentive payments

such as payments for meeting certain performance

criteria when it is probable that the criteria will

be met and can be measured reliably. Liquidated

damages or abatements that are probable

and can be measured reliably are included in

contract costs.

Variable consideration that is contingent on the Group’s performance, including

key performance payments, liquidated damages and abatements that offset

revenue under the contract, are recognised such that only revenue that is

highly probable, and that a reversal of that revenue will not occur, is recognised.

This is a higher recognition threshold than the one required by the current

accounting standards.

In addition, where the identified revenue stream is determined to be a series

of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the

same pattern of transfer to the customer (e.g. maintenance services); variable

consideration is recognised in the period which the performance obligation

subject to the variable consideration is completed, rather than being recognised

according to the percentage of completion of the performance obligation.

Impact on transition

No significant adjustment to opening retained earnings is expected as a result

of this change.

Annual Report 2018 111
G1. New accounting standards – continued

b) New accounting standards and interpretations not yet adopted – continued

AASB 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers – continued

Current AccountingFuture Accounting

Loss-making contracts

For contracts under the percentage of completion

method the expected loss on a contract is

recognised immediately when it is probable

that total contract costs will exceed total

contract revenue.

These loss-making contracts will now be recognised under AASB 137 Provisions,

Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets as onerous contracts.

In summary, based on the current assessment, an adjustment of $252.1 million after tax is expected to be recognised in opening

retained earnings of the Group at 1 July 2018 on adoption of AASB 15.

AASB 16 – Leases

AASB 16 will replace the current leasing standard AASB 117, and

contains significant changes to the accounting treatment of

leases around how to recognise, measure and disclose leases.

The new standard provides a single lessee accounting model,

requiring lessees to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases,

with the exception of short-term (less than 12 months) and

low value leases. AASB 16 applies to annual reporting periods

beginning on or after 1 July 2019.

The Group manages its owned and leased assets to ensure

there is an appropriate level of equipment to meet its current

obligations and to tender for new work. The decision as to

whether to lease or purchase an asset is dependent on the

finance available at the time and the residual risk of ownership

following the anticipated completion of the project.

As at reporting date, the Group has non-cancellable

operating lease commitments of $610.7 million (refer to Note

E3 Commitments).

To date, management has focused on the identification of

the provisions of the standard which will most impact the

Group and is in the process of determining whether any

additional arrangements in excess of the current portfolio

will be considered as a lease, together with a review of the

lease contracts and financial reporting systems in place. As

such, the Group has not yet quantified the effect of the new

standard, however; the following impacts are expected on

implementation date:

–Total assets and total liabilities will increase, due to the

recognition of a “Right of Use Asset” and a “Lease Liability”

grossing up the assets and liabilities in the Consolidated

Statement of Financial Position;

–Interest expense will increase due to the effective interest

rate implicit in the lease, where the interest expense

component is higher on early years of the lease;

–Depreciation charge will increase as the right of use

asset is recognised;

–Lease rental expenses will decrease due to the recognition of

interest and depreciation noted above; and

–Operating cash flows will be higher as repayment of the

principal portion of all lease liabilities will be classified as

financing activities.

AASB 16 needs to be implemented retrospectively, either with

the restatement of comparatives or with the cumulative impact

of application recognised as at 1 July 2019 under the modified

retrospective approach. The Group is in the process of assessing

the available options for transition.

Other

The following new or amended standards are not expected

to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated

financial statements:

–AASB 17 Insurance Contracts;

–AASB Interpretation 22 Foreign Currency Transactions and

Advance Consideration;

–AASB 1059 Service Concession Arrangements Grantor;

–AASB 2014-10 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Sale or Contribution of Assets between an

Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture;

–AASB 2016-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Classification and Measurement of Share-based

Payment Transactions;

–AASB 2017-4 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards, – Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments;

–AASB 2017-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Long term interest in Associates and JVs; and

–AASB 2018-2 Amendments to Australian Accounting

Standards – Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement.

112 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G2. Capital and financial risk management

a) Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of debt and equity. The Group may vary its capital structure by adjusting the amount of

dividends, returning capital to shareholders, issuing new shares or increasing or reducing debt.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to operate as a going concern so that it can meet all its

financial obligations when they fall due, provide adequate returns to shareholders, maintain an appropriate capital structure to optimise

its cost of capital, and maintain an Investment Grade credit rating to ensure ongoing access to funding.

b) Financial risk management objectives

The Group’s Treasury function manages the funding, liquidity and financial risks of the Group. These risks include foreign exchange,

interest rate, commodity and financial counterparty credit risk.

The Group may enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage its exposures including:

i) Forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the exchange rate risk arising from cross-border trade flows, foreign income and debt

service obligations;

ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate and currency risk associated with foreign currency denominated

borrowings; and

iii) Interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk.

The Group does not enter into or trade derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, when there

is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset

and settle the liability simultaneously. No material amounts with a right to offset were identified in the Consolidated Statement of

Financial Position.

c) Foreign currency risk management

The Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, exposures to exchange rate fluctuations

arise. Exchange rate exposures are managed within approved policy parameters, utilising forward foreign exchange contracts and

cross-currency swaps.

The carrying amounts of the Group’s material unhedged foreign currency denominated financial assets and financial liabilities at the

reporting date are as follows:

Financial assets

(i)

Financial liabilities

(i)

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

US dollar (USD) 1.41.96.311.8

(i) The above table shows foreign currency financial assets and liabilities in Australian dollar equivalent.

Annual Report 2018 113
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Foreign currency forward contracts

The following table summarises by currency, the Australian dollar value (unless otherwise stated) of forward exchange contracts

outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

exchange rateForeign currencyContract valueFair value

20182017

2018

FC’m

2017

FC’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.75400.716520.0 30.326.6 42.30.8 (1 .4)

3 to 6 months–0.7529–4.1–5.5–(0.1)

Later than 6 months0.75340.749266.9 81.888.8 109.21.5 (2.3)

86.9 116.2115.4 157.02.3 (3.8)

Buy AUD / Sell USD

Less than 3 months0.76170.72945.8 1.57.6 2.1(0.2)0.1

3 to 6 months–0.7351–4.9–6.7–0.3

Later than 6 months0.76130.76287.0 1.09.2 1.3(0.3)–

12.8 7.416.8 10.1(0.5)0.4

Buy EUR / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months0.63660.68188.6 30.913.5 45.30.1 0.7

3 to 6 months–0.6790–0.4–0.6–0.1

Later than 6 months0.61670.67355.4 0.48.8 0.6(0.1)–

14.0 31.722.3 46.5–0.8

Buy AUD / Sell NZD

Less than 3 months1.08121.05425.3 4.14.9 3.90.1 –

3 to 6 months1.08141.05 4711.8 11.410.9 10.80.1 (0.1)

Later than 6 months1.08191.055826.9 28.824.9 27.20.3 (0.1)

44.0 44.340.7 41. 90.5 (0. 2)

Buy CAD / Sell AUD

Less than 3 months1.0181–24.2 –24.6 –0.3 –

Sell CAD / Buy AUD

Less than 3 months1.0053–25.3 –25.4 –(0.6)–

114 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

c) Foreign currency risk management – continued

Cross‑currency interest rate swaps

Under cross-currency interest rate swaps, the Group is committed to exchange certain foreign currency loan principal and interest

amounts at agreed future dates at fixed foreign exchange and interest rates. Such contracts enable the Group to eliminate the risk of

adverse movements in foreign exchange and interest rates related to foreign currency denominated borrowings.

The following table details the Australian dollar equivalent of cross-currency interest rate swaps outstanding as at the reporting date:

Outstanding contracts

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate (including

credit margin)

Weighted average

exchange rateContract valueFair value

2018

%

2017

%

201820172018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Buy USD / Sell AUD

1 to 5 years7. 8 7. 80.7785 0.71689.8 9.8(0.5)(0.9)

5 years or more5.9 5.9 0.7739 0.7739129.2 129.2(5.4)(4 .7 )

139.0 139.0(5.9)(5.6)

Buy JPY / Sell AUD

5 years or more5.2–83.1220–120.3–(6.9)–

The above cross-currency interest rate swaps are designated as effective cash flow hedges.

Foreign currency sensitivity analysis

The Group is mainly exposed to the United States dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese Yen (JPY) and New Zealand dollar (NZD).

The following table details the Group’s sensitivity to movements in the Australian dollar against relevant foreign currencies.

The percentages disclosed below represent the Group’s assessment of the possible changes in spot foreign exchange rates

(i.e. forward exchange points and discount factors have been kept constant). The sensitivity analysis includes only outstanding

foreign currency denominated monetary items and adjusts their translation at the period end for a given percentage change in foreign

exchange rates.

A positive number indicates a before-tax increase in profit and equity and a negative number indicates a before-tax decrease in

profit and equity.

Profit / (loss)

(i)

Equity

(ii)

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

USD impact

- 15% rate change(0.9)(1.7)16.7 24.9

+ 15% rate change0.6 1.3(12.4)(18 .4)

EUR impact

- 15% rate change–(0. 2)(3.3)7.1

+ 15% rate change–0.13.3 ( 7.1)

JPY impact

- 15% rate change––5.7 –

+ 15% rate change––(4.2)–

NZD impact

- 15% rate change( 7.6)(6.9)––

+ 15% rate change5.6  5.1 ––

(i) This is mainly as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts not designated in a hedge relationship, foreign currency investments, receivables

and payables.

(ii) This is as a result of the changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Annual Report 2018 115
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk as entities borrow funds at floating interest rates. The risk is managed by maintaining an

appropriate mix between fixed and floating rate borrowings and hedging is undertaken through interest rate swap contracts and the

issue of long-term fixed rate debt securities.

The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the table below:

Weighted average

AUD equivalent

interest rate

(including credit margin)Liability / (asset)

2018

%

2017

%

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

Floating interest rates – cash flow exposure

Bank loans3.4 3.3202.1 733.7

Cash and cash equivalents1.5 1.7(606.2)(844.6)

Total cash flow exposure(404.1)(110.9)

Fixed interest rates – fair value exposure

Bank loans

(i)

2.2 4.0617.7 107.0

USD private placement notes

(i)

6.0 6.0150.6 144.7

AUD private placement notes5.8 5.830.0 30.0

Medium term notes

(i) (ii) (iii)

5.2 5.2529.1 413 .6

Finance lease and hire purchase4.1 4.216.5 35.8

Total fair value exposure1,343.9 731.1

(i) The values of the interest rate and cross-currency swaps have been included in the debt amounts.

(ii) 2017 values include medium term notes issued on a floating rate basis and fixed through interest rate swaps.

(iii) Weighted average interest rate is shown on a yield-to-maturity basis.

All interest rates in the above table reflect rates in the currency of the relevant loan other than USD private placement notes and JPY

medium term notes, where the AUD rates under the relevant cross-currency swaps are used.

The table above relates to amounts that are drawn. The Group has a number of undrawn facilities, which if utilised would be on a

floating rate basis.

Interest rate swap contracts

The Group uses interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate exposures. Under these contracts, the Group commits to

exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on notional principal amounts. The fair value of

interest rate swaps are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the reporting date.

116 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

d) Interest rate risk management – continued

The following table details the interest rate swap contracts and related notional principal amounts as at the reporting date:

Outstanding floating to

fixed swap contracts

Weighted average

interest rateNotional principal amountFair value

2018

%

2017

%

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

2018

$’m

2017

$’m

AUD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year–3.8–81.8–(1.6)

1 to 2 years2.1 5.2450.0 13.3(0.2)(0. 2)

450.0 95.1(0.2)(1.8)

NZD interest rate swaps

Less than 1 year–4.7–25.2–(0.7)

1 to 2 years2.2 –100.0 –(0.2)–

100.0 25.2(0.2)(0.7)

Interest rate sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity analysis has been determined based on the exposure to interest rates at the reporting date and assuming that the rate

change occurs at the beginning of the financial year and is then held constant throughout the reporting period.

Sensitivities have been based on a movement in interest rates of 100 basis points across the yield curve of the relevant currencies.

The selected basis points increase or decrease represents the Group’s assessment of the possible change in interest rates on variable

rate instruments, cross-currency interest rate swaps and interest rate swaps. An increase in interest rates of 100 basis points on the

unhedged position (mostly cash and cash equivalents) will generate a profit of $5.6 million to the profit or loss, a similar decrease in

interest rates will generate a $5.6 million loss to the profit or loss.

For hedged positions designated as cash flow hedges, an increase and decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points will generate an

increase and decrease in equity of $4.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

e) Credit risk management

Credit risk refers to the risk that a financial counterparty will default on its contractual obligations, resulting in a loss to the Group.

The Group’s exposure and the credit ratings of these counterparties are regularly monitored and transactions are diversified among

approved counterparties.

Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, spread across diverse industries and geographical areas. Ongoing credit

evaluation is performed on the financial condition of trade receivable counterparties. Refer to Note C2 for details on credit risk arising

from trade and other receivables.

The preferred credit risk on derivative financial instruments is to counterparties that have minimum long-term credit ratings from

Standard & Poor’s of no less than AA- (or equivalent from other rating agencies). Due to the general downward migration of the credit

ratings of bank counterparties over recent years, the Group has exposure to banks at the A+ and A rating levels, in addition to those

at the AA- level.

Credit risk arising from cash balances held with banks is managed by Group Treasury. Investments of surplus funds are generally only

made with counterparties that have a minimum AA- credit rating. Investments for relatively short tenors are made from time to time

with A+ and A rated counterparties. In limited circumstances, amounts of surplus funds are held in foreign jurisdictions where there are

no financial institutions that meet the above minimum rating thresholds.

Financial counterparty credit limits and the related credit acceptability of counterparties are set by a Board approved Treasury Policy

that is reviewed by the Board from time to time. The limits are set to minimise the concentration of risks and therefore mitigate financial

loss through potential counterparty default. No material exposure is considered to exist by virtue of the non-performance of any

financial counterparty.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represents the Group’s

maximum exposure to credit risk.

Annual Report 2018 117
G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

f) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk arises from the possibility that the Group is unable to settle a financial transaction on the due date. Liquidity risk

management is ultimately a Board responsibility and is managed within an appropriate risk management framework under the

Group’s Treasury policy.

The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate cash reserves and committed undrawn debt facilities, monitoring forecast

and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. Included in Note E2 is a summary of

committed undrawn bank loan facilities.

Liquidity risk tables

The following tables detail the contractual maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities. The tables are based on the undiscounted cash

flows of financial liabilities and include both interest and principal cash flows.

2018

$’m

Less than

1 year1 to 2 years2 to 3 years3 to 4 years4 to 5 years

More than

5 years

Trade payables674. 2 –––––

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities12.7 8.2 3.7 0.2 ––

Bank loans27.0 75.7 494.5 312.6 ––

USD notes 8.5 17.7 7.9 7.9 7.9 185.1 

AUD notes 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 34.4 

Medium term notes166.9 12.6 12.6 262.6 1.4 135.5 

Total borrowings including interest204.1 107.7 516.7 584.8 11.0 355.0 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

(i)

6.5 6.7 6.4 6.3 6.3 44.8 

Interest rate swaps0.3 0.1 ––––

Foreign currency forward contracts2.2 0.1 ––––

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

9.0 6.9 6.4 6.3 6.3 44.8 

To t a l900.0 122.8 526.8 591.3 17. 3 399.8 

2017

Trade payables527.6–––––

Finance lease and hire purchase liabilities21.29.04.91.0––

Bank loans836.62.1––––

USD notes6.56.515.46.06.0151.0

AUD notes1.71.71.71.71.736.1

Medium term notes33.6165.611.311.3261.3–

Total borrowings including interest878.4175.928.419.0269.0187.1

Cross currency interest rate swaps

(i)

1.9 1.9 2.5 1.7 1.8 5.0 

Interest rate swaps2.2–––––

Foreign currency forward contracts2.70.2––––

Total derivative instruments

(ii)

6.82.12.51.71.85.0

To t a l1,434.0187.035.821.7270.8192.1

(i) Bond basis.

(ii) Includes assets and liabilities.

118 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G2. Capital and financial risk management – continued

Recognition and measurement

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair

value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are

subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each reporting

date. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of

derivatives, except those that qualify as effective hedges, are

immediately recognised in profit or loss.

Hedge accounting

When the Group designates certain derivatives to be part of

a hedging relationship, and they meet the criteria for hedge

accounting, the hedges are classified as either fair value or

cash flow hedges.

Fair value hedges

Fair value hedges are used to hedge the exposure to changes in

the fair value of a recognised asset, liability or firm commitment.

For fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative,

together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset

or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are immediately

recorded in profit or loss. Hedge accounting is discontinued

when the hedge instrument expires or is sold, terminated,

exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedges are used to hedge risks associated with

contracted and highly probable forecast transactions. For cash

flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of

the derivative is deferred in equity and the gain or loss relating to

the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Amounts deferred in equity are transferred to profit or loss

in the same period the hedged item is recognised in profit or

loss. When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in

the recognition of a non-financial asset or liability, the gains

and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred to form

part of the initial measurement of the cost of the non-financial

asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the

cumulative gain or loss that was deferred in equity is recognised

immediately in profit or loss. If the hedge instrument expires or

is sold, terminated, exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge

accounting, any gain or loss deferred in equity remains in equity

until the forecast transaction occurs.

Annual Report 2018 119
G3. Other financial assets and liabilities

2018

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets10.0 13.5 ––

Advances to / from joint ventures and associates5.1 –11.3 –

Deferred consideration––8.0 13.3 

15.1 13.5 19.3 13.3 

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge3.0 –1.2 –

Foreign currency forward contracts – Fair value through profit or loss0.5 –0.1 –

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge––6.1 7.1 

3.5 –7. 4 7.1 

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Available-for-sale–2.0 ––

Contingent consideration––16.5 13.8 

–2.0 16.5 13.8 

To t a l18.6 15.5 43.2 34.2 

2017

$’m

Financial assetsFinancial liabilities

CurrentNon-currentCurrentNon-current

At amortised cost:

Other financial assets9.813.4––

Advances to/from joint ventures and associates1.5–13.2–

11.313.413.2–

At fair value:

Level 2

Foreign currency forward contracts – Cash flow hedge1.2–3.80.2

Cross-currency and interest rate swaps – Cash flow hedge––3.54.6

1.2–7. 34.8

Level 3

Unquoted equity investments – Available-for-sale–3.7––

Contingent consideration––3.316.9

–3.73.316.9

To t a l12.517.123.821.7

Reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements of financial assets

Level 3 investments decreased by $1.7 million from prior year (2017: $1.4 million decrease) mostly due to revaluation and

return on investment.

120 Downer EDI Limited
Notes to the consolidated financial statements – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

G3. Other financial assets and liabilities – continued

Recognition and measurement

Fair value measurement

When a derivative is designated as the cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative

is recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and accumulated in the hedging reserve. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair

value of the derivative is recognised immediately in profit or loss.

Valuation of financial instruments

For financial instruments measured and carried at fair value, the Group uses the following to categorise the methods used:

–Level 1: fair value is calculated using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

–Level 2: fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or

liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

–Level 3: fair value is estimated using inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

During the year there were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair value hierarchies.

The following table shows the valuation technique used in measuring Level 2 and 3 fair values, as well as significant

unobservable inputs used:

Ty p e Valuation techniqueSignificant unobservable input

Cross-currency and interest rate swapsCalculated using the present value of the

estimated future cash flows based on

observable yield curves.

Not applicable.

Foreign currency forward contracts Calculated using forward exchange rates

prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Not applicable.

Unquoted equity investmentsCalculated based on the Group’s interest in

the net assets of the unquoted entities.

Assumptions are made with regard to future

expected revenues and discount rates.

Changing the inputs to the valuations to

reasonably possible alternative assumptions

would not significantly change the amounts

recognised in profit or loss, total assets or

total liabilities, or total equity.

Contingent ConsiderationCalculated on the amounts expected to be

paid based on the probability of contingent

events and targets being achieved,

determined by reference to forecasts

of future performance of the acquired

businesses discounted using the market

rates prevailing at financial year end.

Assumptions are made with regard to future

expected earnings and discount rates on

certain of the contingent arrangements.

Annual Report 2018 121
Directors’ Declaration

for the year ended 30 June 2018

In the opinion of the Directors of Downer EDI Limited:

(a) The financial statements and notes set out on pages 62 to 120 are in accordance with the Australian Corporations Act 2001 (Cth),

including:

(i) Complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting

requirements; and

(ii) The financial statements and notes thereto give a true and fair view of the financial position and performance of the Company

and the consolidated entity;

(b) There are reasonable grounds to believe that Downer EDI Limited will be able to pay its debts as and when they become

due and payable;

(c) The Directors have been given the declarations required by Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth); and

(d) The attached financial statements are in compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as noted in Note A

to the financial statements.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Directors made pursuant to Section 295(5) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

On behalf of the Directors

R M Harding

Chairman

Sydney, 16 August 2018

122 Downer EDI Limited
Downer’s approach to sustainability

Sustainability at Downer means environment sustainability,

the safety of its people, sustainable growth, sustainable

supply chains, and a sustainable diverse inclusive workforce.

Downer recognises that sustainability is vital for securing

long-term environmental, economic and social viability and

understands its role in contributing to a sustainable future for

communities to prosper.

Sustainability is intrinsically linked to Downer’s business strategy

because the sustainability of Downer’s activities is fundamental

to the Company’s future success.

Downer’s sustainability strategy is shaped by its four Pillars:

Safety, Delivery, Relationships and Thought Leadership. Downer’s

commitment to sustainability is outlined on the Downer website

at www. downergroup.com.

As an integrated services company, Downer’s contribution

to sustainability is also achieved by providing its customers

with industry leading solutions that drive and provide

efficiency reducing the impact of customers’ operations on

the environment.

Downer works closely with the local communities in which it

operates to achieve better social outcomes, implementing a

range of initiatives focusing on social responsibility, local and

Indigenous employment, cultural heritage management and

stakeholder engagement.

Downer success is a direct result of the experience, capability

and engagement of Downer’s people. Downer embraces

diversity and inclusiveness in the workplace. Downer relies on,

and encourages, its people to contribute a diverse range of

skills and experiences in order to deliver the best outcomes

for its customers. Downer continues to strengthen its focus on

recruiting strategically to increase workforce participation across

a range of demographics.

Downer’s approach to reporting

Downer has prepared its Sustainability Report with reference

to the Global Reporting Initiative’s (GRI) Standards to provide

investors with comparable information relating to environmental,

social and governance (ESG) performance. Specifically,

Downer’s approach takes into consideration the GRI’s principles

for informing report content: materiality, completeness, and

sustainability context and stakeholder inclusiveness. A key focus

is to demonstrate how Downer delivers sustainable returns while

managing risk and being responsible in how it operates.

What’s new?

Some of the new topics discussed in the Sustainability Report

this year include:

–Alignment to the GRI Standards from G4 Guideline;

–Alignment of Case Studies to the UN Sustainable

Development Goals;

–Adoption of Task Force on Climate-related Financial

Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations;

–Inclusion of Spotless’ data (excluding health, safety and

environmental data for New Zealand); and

–Inclusion of ESG Sustainability Analyst Rating Scores.

Governance and Risk Management

The Board’s Zero Harm Committee oversees the development

and implementation of Downer’s workplace health and safety

and environmental management systems. The effectiveness of

these systems is monitored through extensive internal and third-

party audit programs, with oversight by both the Board Zero

Harm and Board Audit and Risk Committees. Other aspects of

Downer’s approach to sustainability are overseen by the Group

Diversity Committee and its other corporate governance forums.

The Downer Board has oversight of ensuring Downer duly

considers climate-related risks and receives guidance from the

Audit and Risk Committee, Zero Harm Committee, Tender Risk

Evaluation Committee and Disclosure Committee. Climate related

risks and opportunities form part of Downer’s broader corporate

strategy, planning and risk management.

The Downer Board recognises that an integrated approach to

managing climate-related risks and opportunities is essential.

This has been reflected in the strengthening of Downer’s

governance structure and increased focus on this risk in both

Board and executive forums throughout the 2018 financial year.

This has included:

–formal updates to the Board on a six-monthly basis and Audit

and Risk and Zero Harm Committees on a bi-monthly basis;

–regular updates and stakeholder engagement with the Group

Executive Committee;

–amendments to the Audit and Risk Committee Charter

to include explicit reference to climate-related risks

and opportunities;

–inclusion of climate-related risks and opportunities in the

annual Board strategy agenda;

–incorporating additional questions focused on the

identification of climate-related risks and opportunities

in the bi-annual Financial and Corporate Governance

Self-Assessment; and

–incorporating climate-related risk and opportunity

discussions in Divisional executive meetings, including

climate-related workshops with senior leadership teams

of each Division.

Climate-related risks are governed as part of Downer’s Group

Risk and Opportunity Management Framework and Project Risk

Management Framework. Downer identify, manage and disclose

material climate-related risks as part of Downer’s standard

business practices, and, in accordance with the Group and

Divisional strategies, which apply to everyone at Downer.

Sustainability Performance Summary 2018

Annual Report 2018 123
The Audit and Risk Committee Charter explicitly addresses

climate-related risk. To further strengthen Downer’s risk

management framework in line with the range of impacts and

considerations associated with climate risk over the short,

medium and long-term horizons, the Consequence Rating

Table within the Group’s Risk and Opportunity Management

Framework includes climate change risks and opportunities to

enable senior management and employees to understand and

assess the potential risks and opportunities arising from various

future scenarios when making decisions that affect Downer.

Downer’s Zero Harm Management System Framework sets

the Company’s sustainability governance requirements.

Downer uses a Company-wide Risk Management Framework

and divisional integrated management systems to identify

and manage sustainability issues and opportunities.

Downer has been certified (as a minimum) to the following

standards: AS/NZS 4801 or OHSAS 18001 (for occupational

health and safety management systems); ISO 14001

environmental management systems; and IS0 9001 quality

management systems.

The method for measuring the Company’s performance is clearly

set out in its governance framework. Short-term remuneration

incentives are offered to senior managers in relation to the

Company’s performance against environmental sustainability

targets. These targets include the management of critical

environmental risks and GHG emissions reduction.

Downer’s Zero Harm performance during 2018 is summarised

below. More comprehensive information is provided in Downer’s

2018 Sustainability Report which will be available on the

Downer website.

Health and safety

Health and safety is Downer’s highest priority. Downer believe

that work can be performed safely and without injury to

Downer’s people. Downer is committed to the pursuit of

Zero Harm to its employees, contractors, and those directly

affected by the Company’s operations. Downer’s commitment

is enhanced by strong leadership from senior leaders within the

business, who actively engage, enable and empower Downer’s

people to work safely, and maintain safe working environments

for themselves and the community. As Downer’s health and

safety performance demonstrates, Downer has a mature safety

culture, and is proud of its people’s support and commitment to

Downer’s Zero Harm principles and practices.

Downer’s strategic plan for critical risk management continues

to be a key focus of Downer’s Zero Harm program. As the critical

risk program has matured within its business, the strategy

embraces the identification of opportunities to further harmonise

the way that shared critical risks are managed throughout

1 A Level 5 environmental incident is defined as any incident that causes significant impact or serious harm on the environment, where material harm has occurred and if

costs in aggregate exceed $50,000.

2 A Level 6 environmental incident is defined as an incident that results in catastrophic widespread impact on the environment, resulting in irreversible damage.

3 A significant environmental incident or significant environmental spill (≥ Level 4) is any environmental incident or spill where there is significant impact on or material harm

to the environment; or there is long-term community irritation leading to disruptive actions and requiring continual management attention.

the business. This presents opportunities to increase the

consistency and effectiveness of critical risk management within

Downer’s business, while continuing to focus on evaluation and

assurance of critical controls by multiple layers of management

and frontline leaders.

Downer continue to focus on investing in the capability of its

frontline leaders, and recognise the important role they hold

in cultivating a workplace culture focused on prevention of

harm. Downer’s strategy this year includes enhancement of

internal training provided to Downer’s leaders and incorporates

advancements in learning methodologies.

0.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

Lost Time Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

Total Recordable Injuries per 1,000,000 hours

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

TRIFRLTIFR

20182017201620152014201320122011

Environmental sustainability

Downer’s environmental sustainability performance is measured

against the key areas of risk management, compliance,

minimising environmental impact and maximising resource

efficiency opportunities in its own and its customers’ businesses.

Downer’s key focus areas during the year were:

–continuing to focus on the resilience and assurance of

environmental risk controls;

–incorporating sustainability rating tools and initiatives into

major projects;

–improving environmental workforce capability;

–engaging with customers regarding Downer’s environmental

capability; and

–positioning its businesses for the transition to a low

carbon economy.

Downer achieved its Group-wide target of zero Level 5

1

or

Level 6

2

environmental incidents. There were no significant

environmental incidents

3

(≥ Level 4) during financial year 2018.

However, Downer incurred four minor infringement notices

totalling NZD$3,000 relating to its New Zealand operations,

(further information is available in the 2018 Sustainability Report).

124 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary 2018 – continued

Achievements for 2018 include:

–Plastiphalt – the launch of a new recycled asphalt product

to join the series of Downer’s recycled road products.

Partnering with Hume City Council, Close the Loop and RED

Group, Downer produced and laid a road manufactured using

soft plastics and glass, in an Australian first.

–The Rosehill Detritus Plant – Downer opened a repurposing

facility which is capable of cost effectively processing,

separating and cleaning more than 40,000 tonnes annually

from street sweepings and stormwater pits. Approximately

85% of detritus can be converted into meaningful streams

of material for reuse such as organic matter, sand, gravel,

metals and plastic.

–Smart stormwater drains – working with partners Yarra Valley

Rangers Council, Fujitsu and EYEfi, Downer has helped

implement a network of sensors, technology and software

architecture which monitors water levels and potential flow

rates within stormwater drains to reduce the risk of flooding.

Regular rising water alerts sent to response and maintenance

teams enable faster responses and opportunities for

preventative action.

In the renewable energy sector Downer remains one of

Australia’s largest and most experienced delivery partners

offering design, build and maintenance services for wind farms,

wind turbine sites and solar farms. Downer has been involved in

the construction of approximately half the wind turbines built in

Australia and has worked, or is currently working, on 576MW of

capacity with the Sunshine Coast, Clare, Beryl and Ross River

solar farms and Murra Warra Wind Farm (Stage 1). Downer’s

experience in the renewables sector led to its work at the Ararat

Wind Farm being awarded

4

Australia’s first ISCA rating for a

renewables project.

Downer’s climate risk journey

Downer conducts business in a way that is sustainable.

At Downer there are many facets of sustainable operations,

including climate change impacts and ultimately this requires

making sure that it runs its business as efficiently as possible

and by providing innovative solutions to customers that reduce

their environmental footprints. Downer recognises that the

impact of climate change presents a challenge to business,

society and the natural environment. While Downer’s business

portfolio is diverse, it has limited exposure to the effects of

climate change impacts on its business through fixed, long lived

capital assets. Downer’s diverse portfolio allows it to be flexible

and agile to redeploy its assets to high growth areas as markets

change. This portfolio diversity strongly positions Downer

to mitigate and manage its exposure to climate risks and to

maximise the business opportunities it presents.

4 This award was issued in the 2018 financial year.

In this reporting period a detailed assessment against

the Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures

(TCFD) framework has been conducted and disclosures

presented are aligned with the TCFD recommendations. In

conducting its assessment, Downer considered the diversity

of its operations and portfolio, in the context of transitional,

physical and reputational risks as well as considering

opportunities particularly in respect of transport, new markets

and technological changes. This review did not identify any

material short-term risks to the Downer business in respect of

climate change, however risks and opportunities across short,

medium and long-term horizons were identified and these are

outlined below.

Downer’s existing Group and Divisional strategy process

already considers the key external drivers as mentioned

above. Downer has also enhanced its strategy process to more

explicitly incorporate climate-related risks and opportunities on

an ongoing basis. Downer has already embedded this process

in the annual Group strategy session, with the intention of

implementing a similar process into the Divisional strategy

sessions during the 2019 period.

Outlined below are the key climate-related risks and

opportunities. These risks and opportunities are not listed in

order of significance and are not intended to be exhaustive.

They are a representative sample of the risks identified

during the review undertaken in the 2018 financial year.

They are informed by a review of Group and Divisional risk

registers, interviews and workshops with senior management,

and employees.

As indicated below, the majority of Downer’s climate-related

risks have been deemed to impact the business in the medium

to longer term. Opportunities identified relate primarily to

leveraging Downer’s existing capabilities and business model as

a service provider to service new and adjacent emerging markets

that arise from the transition to a lower carbon economy.

Downer has made significant progress to date in assessing

climate-related risks and opportunities and in the 2019 financial

year Downer is committed to exploring further the impacts of

these items through analysis and identification of appropriate

metrics and targets.

Stemming from the risk and opportunity analysis undertaken

already, Downer’s focus for scenario analysis will now be in the

following areas:

–outlook for metallurgic and thermal coal;

–impact of extreme weather (increase in rainfall and

temperature); and

–energy transition, considering both the impact on energy

prices and opportunities for alternative generation sources.

Annual Report 2018 125
Downer FY2018 TCFD

Climate change is a global challenge. As a diverse organisation with operations spanning across the Asia Pacific region, Downer

acknowledges that climate change will impact its business, which will present a combination of climate-related risks and opportunities

over the medium to long term.

Recognising the need for increased information on climate-related impacts, the TCFD developed voluntary, consistent climate-related

financial disclosures for use by investors, lenders, insurers and other stakeholders to inform decision making in relation to climate risk.

The final TCFD report was released in June 2017 and is supported by Downer. This report recommended improved disclosures in

relation to the areas of governance, strategy, risk management and metrics and targets relevant to climate risk. The TCFD recognises

that meaningful adoption of the report’s recommendations will be achieved over a three-year timeframe as both experience and

disclosures evolve in response to clearer messaging from financial markets about the information they require to measure and respond

to climate-related risks and opportunities.

Downer supports the TCFD objectives. Commencing in the 2018 financial year Downer’s climate related disclosures align with the

TCFD recommendations and build on Downer’s disclosures in the 2017 financial year.

RiskDescriptionTCFD Risk Type

Potential Impact

to Business

Management Response

and Mitigation

Impacts of increasing

energy costs

Increased operational

costs due to increase

in electricity, gaseous

and liquid fuel prices,

materially impacting

high energy consuming

service lines

Transition: Market

and Policy

Decreased profitability

from contracts in energy-

intensive service lines

Time horizon: Medium

to Long Term

Continue identifying and

implementing energy

efficiency initiatives

Exposure to extreme

weather events

Severe weather events

impacting the delivery of

contractual obligations.

For example, resource

mobilisation, health and

safety, and security

Physical: Acute and

Chronic, and Legal

Inability to achieve

contractual schedules

due to adverse and

severe weather events

Time horizon:

Long Term

Continue to assess contractual

arrangements with respect

to acute and chronic weather

events to ensure appropriate

mitigation measures are

in place

Exposure to thermal

coal contracts

Transition to a low

carbon economy leads

to reduced demand for

thermal coal for power

generation

Transition: Policy,

Legal, Technology

Changes, Market

Changes, Reputation

Reputational risks arise

from Downer’s continual

exposure to the coal

sector

Time horizon:

Medium Term

Continue to monitor demand

forecasts for thermal coal

– particularly local demand

driven by power stations that

are current customers for

existing thermal coal mining

services contracts

Undertake scenario analysis of

Downer’s medium to long term

exposure to metallurgical and

thermal coal

When reviewing contract

extensions / new contracts,

continue to undertake analysis

to increase exposure to mines

that are expected to maintain

competitiveness in light of

the transition to a low carbon

economy

126 Downer EDI Limited
Sustainability Performance Summary 2018 – continued

RiskDescriptionTCFD Risk Type

Potential Impact

to Business

Management Response

and Mitigation

Changing design

and construction

requirements

Increased climate-

related risk

requirements relevant

to the construction of

infrastructure driven

by changing customer

expectations and

increased climate-related

design requirements

stipulated in EPCM

contracts

Physical and liability:

Acute and Chronic,

Policy, Legal and

Reputation

Increased cost of EPCM

services and challenges

to the competitiveness of

Downer’s services

Time horizon: Medium

to Long Term

Continue to assess contractual

arrangements with respect

to design and construction

events to ensure appropriate

mitigation measures are place

Response to climate-related opportunities

OpportunityDescription

TCFD Opportunity

Ty p e

Potential Growth

to BusinessManagement Response

Existing renewable

energy capability and

market presence

Expertise with

developing, implementing

and maintaining

renewable energy assets

Resource efficiency

and Products/

Services

Transition to a low

carbon economy drives

increased demand

for renewable energy

technology and

infrastructure services,

as well as broader

smart city products and

services

–Strengthen existing and

establish new relationships

with key customers

–Leverage Downer’s

capability and broaden

Downer’s service offerings

Leverage existing

mining capabilities

to service new and

adjacent markets

Transition to low carbon

is driving demand for

base (e.g. Copper, Gold)

and precious metals (e.g.

Lithium, Zinc) critical for

this transition

Products/Services

and Markets

Opportunity to leverage

existing mining

capabilities to service

new and adjacent

markets with products

essential for the

transition to a low carbon

economy

–Strengthen existing and

establish new relationships

with key customers

–Leverage Downer’s

capability and broaden

Downer’s service offerings

Response services

to extreme weather

events

Increased frequency

and impacts of extreme

weather events drive

increase demand for

disaster recovery and

resilience services

Products/Services,

Markets and

Resilience

Opportunity to further

leverage Downer’s

existing expertise in

responding to asset

damage from extreme

weather events.

Opportunity to also

leverage this expertise to

improve the resilience of

existing assets

–Continue to work with

Government customers on

emergency response to

extreme weather response

–Strengthen and leverage

existing capability

–Incorporate climate

change and adaptation

into the design of any

infrastructure contract

Annual Report 2018 127
Overview

Downer’s corporate governance framework provides the

platform from which:

–The Board is accountable to shareholders for the operations,

performance and growth of the Company;

–Downer management is accountable to the Board;

–The risks to Downer’s business are identified

and managed; and

–Downer effectively communicates with its shareholders

and the investment community.

Downer continues to enhance its policies and processes to

promote leading corporate governance practices.

The Board endorses the ASX Corporate Governance Council’s

Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations

(ASX Principles).

Principle 1: Lay solid foundations

for management and oversight

The Downer Board Charter sets out the functions and

responsibilities of the Board and is available on the Downer

website at www. downergroup.com.

The Board Charter states that the role of the Board is to provide

strategic guidance and to effectively oversee management of the

Company. Among other things, the Board is responsible for:

–Overseeing the Company, including its control and

accountability systems;

–Appointing and removing the Group CEO and

senior executives;

–Monitoring performance of the Group CEO and senior

executives; and

–Reviewing, ratifying and monitoring systems of risk

management and internal control, codes of conduct

and legal compliance.

Before appointing a Director, the Board undertakes appropriate

checks and provides shareholders with all material information

which is relevant to the decision to elect or re-elect a Director.

Directors receive formal letters of engagement setting out the

key terms, conditions and expectations of their engagement.

The Board Charter also describes the functions delegated to

management, led by the Group CEO.

The primary goal set for management by the Board is to focus

on enhancing shareholder value, which includes responsibility

for Downer’s economic, environmental and social performance.

The Group CEO is responsible for the day-to-day

management of Downer and his authority is delegated and

authorised by the Board.

Downer has written employment agreements with each of

its senior executives and the performance of those senior

executives is regularly reviewed against appropriate measures,

including performance targets linked to the business plan and

overall corporate objectives. In 2018, Downer’s senior executives

participated in periodic performance evaluations where they

received feedback on progress against these targets.

The Company Secretary is responsible for supporting the

effectiveness of the Board and is directly accountable to the

Board, through the Chairman, on all matters to do with the proper

functioning of the Board.

Details of Downer’s Directors and the Executive Leadership Team

are available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

Diversity at Downer

Downer is committed to ensuring that it has a diverse and

inclusive workforce, which fulfils the expectations of its

employees, customers and shareholders while building a

sustainable future for its business. This is formalised through

the Downer Diversity & Inclusiveness (D&I) Policy which outlines

the Company’s commitment to developing a diverse and

inclusive workforce.

In 2016, Downer launched a revised Diversity Framework.

The purpose of this framework is to support the D&I Policy

and implementation of Divisional D&I strategies.

The Diversity & Inclusiveness Policy is available on the Downer

website at www. downergroup.com.

ASX diversity recommendations – diversity statement

This diversity statement outlines Downer’s performance

throughout 2018 with respect to its broader diversity program,

but with a particular focus on gender, and specifically includes:

–Details of Downer’s key gender representation metrics;

–An overview of the gender diversity initiatives undertaken

by Downer throughout 2018; and

–An outline of Downer’s measurable gender diversity

objectives for 2019.

Gender representation metrics

As at 30 June 2018, the gender representation metrics

were as follows:

–Three of the six Non-executive Directors on the Downer

Board are women;

–Women currently make up 21% of Senior Executive

1

roles;

–17% of Manager

2

roles are held by women; and

–Women constitute approximately 35% of Downer’s workforce.

1 For present purposes, “Senior Executive” refers to CEO, KMP and Other Executives/General Managers as defined in the Workplace Gender Equality Agency Reference guide

to the workplace profile and reporting questionnaire (WGEA Reference Guide).

2 For present purposes, “Manager” refers to CEO, KMP, Other Executives/General Managers, Senior Managers and Other Managers as defined in the WGEA Reference Guide.

Corporate Governance

for the year ended 30 June 2018

128 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Looking back: 2018 measurable objectives

ObjectiveOutcome

Through the Talent Management and

Succession Planning process ensure

that identified top female talent (across

the Divisions) have active performance

and development plans that are tracking

to plan.

Active performance and development plans are in place for all identified

female talent at Downer as part of the annual Performance and Development

Review Process.

Develop tools, policies and training in

relation to Flexible Work and pilot within the

Rail Division to ensure that individual and

business needs are met. Set and monitor

targets to measure employee engagement

in flexible work and report to the GDSC.

In February, a program of work on flexibility was formally launched to Corporate

and Rail Division employees based at the North Ryde office. This included

supporting resources for managers and employees. Annual measurement

of participation in flexible work practices is being managed through Human

Resources. Employee attitude and perceptions of flexible work is measured

through the annual employee engagement survey.

Review and update Downer’s Parental

Leave Policy to include employer funded

paid parental leave for secondary carers.

A review on Downer’s Parental Leave Policy benchmarked against 30+ large

Australian based employers was completed. A cost model and recommendations

were presented to and endorsed by Divisional Human Resources and Divisional

Diversity Steering Committees.

Following the successful delivery of

Downers ‘Reflect’ RAP, draft an ‘Innovate’

RAP which includes a focus on cultural

learning, Aboriginal and Torres Strait

Islander employment and supplier diversity.

Downer’s second Reconciliation Action Plan (RAP) has been drafted. This RAP

is an ‘Innovate’ RAP and focuses on implementing reconciliation with an

emphasises on strengthening relationships.

To continue the association with Jawun

in Australia and Māori based leadership

programs in New Zealand.

–Seven employees participated in the Jawun secondment program in Cape

York, West Kimberley, or Inner Sydney this year. Since the program inception,

37 employees have been on secondment and this represents 222 weeks of

secondment placements allowing Indigenous-led organisations to access

Downer’s talented employees.

–155 employees have participated in our marae-based Maori Leadership

program. Through this program Downer continues to see an increase in

Maori employees in senior positions.

Establish baseline data on Aboriginal

and Torres Strait Islander people working

at Downer.

Downer commenced capturing data on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

identity when voluntarily provided by new employees. Additionally, Aboriginal

and Torres Strait Islander employees have the option to identify their ancestry in

the annual employee engagement survey.

Annual Report 2018 129
Looking ahead: 2019 measurable objectives

Focus Area ObjectiveTargetsInitiatives

Brand & ReputationTo enhance the brand

and reputation of Downer

Group through partnerships

related to our diversity focus

areas and to ensure Downer

Group continues to be

viewed as an organisation

that is committed to D&I.

Establish two partnerships

with reputable diversity

agencies.

–Actively consider partnering with the Diversity

Council of Australia and/or the Australian Human

Rights Commission to strengthen and illustrate

Downer’s commitment to Diversity and Inclusion.

–Build Downer’s employee value proposition that

builds on employee engagement survey findings

– including through regular internal and external

messaging focused on an inclusive culture.

Gender DiversityTo improve opportunities

for women to reach their

potential through an

inclusive work environment

while positioning Downer

Group as a preferred

employer for women in our

industry.

37% women in the workforce

by 2020.

20% women in management

by 2020.

–Launch a new Downer paid parental leave policy

during the period.

–Establish a mentoring program during the period

where 15 high performing women are paired

with high performing leaders to support their

development goals.

–Build the executive talent pool of senior females

with focused development opportunities

including Downer ExeLD program (five places)

and targeted external development through

Chief Executive Women (three places).

–Implementation of a new learning module during

the period and to be completed progressively

by hiring managers. The module will focus

on diversity insights relevant to recruitment

processes so that hiring managers are able to

apply insights that are focused on achieving

improved gender diversity.

Cultural DiversityTo build on Downer Group’s

commitment to closing

the gap by increasing

Indigenous workforce

participation and developing

strategic partnerships with

Indigenous organisations

and community groups.

3% Aboriginal and Torres

Strait Islander employees

by 2020.

–Launch Downer Group’s second Reconciliation

Action Plan during the period to demonstrate

the ongoing commitment to reconciliation.

–Develop two partnerships with Indigenous

pre-employment agencies during the period to

support the commitment to closing the gap.

–All Supervisors and above will complete cultural

awareness training, which will commence

during the period.

Generational

Diversity

To establish Downer Group

as a sought-after employer

for all age-groups and as

an organisation that builds

a talent pipeline of thought

leaders and continues to

value experience.

Build our Linked-In ranking

(currently the 12th most

sought after business to

work for).

Maintain or increase

the number of graduate

employees year-on-year

until 2021.

–Build a talent pipeline by investing in youth

programs that align to our diversity focus of both

female and Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander

priority areas, including:

–The Downer Graduate Development Program

(continue to unify a one Downer approach to

graduate recruitment).

–Establish governance structure and a framework

for the Downer Apprentice and Trainee Program

that supports strategic attraction and selection.

–Develop D&I image guidelines to ensure

internal and external collateral covers the broad

spectrum of diverse employees (with a focus

on generational).

130 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Principle 2: Structure the Board to add value

Throughout the 2018 financial year, the Board was comprised of

a majority of independent Directors.

The Board is currently comprised of the Chairman (Mike Harding,

an independent, Non-executive Director), five other independent,

Non-executive Directors and an Executive Director (the Group

CEO, Grant Fenn). Details of the members of the Board, including

their skills, experience, status and their term of office are set out

in the Directors’ Report on pages 2 to 3 and are also available on

the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The composition of the Board is reviewed and assessed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee to ensure

the Board is of a composition, size and commitment to effectively

discharge its responsibilities and duties.

Directors are required to bring their independent judgement to

bear on all Board decisions. To facilitate this, it is Downer’s policy

to provide Directors with access to independent professional

advice at the Company’s expense in appropriate circumstances.

Downer’s Non-executive Directors recognise the benefit of

conferring regularly without management present, and they do

so at various times throughout the year.

The Board considers that an independent Director is a Non-

executive Director who is not a member of management and

who is free of any business or other relationship that could (or

could reasonably be perceived to) materially interfere with the

independent exercise of their judgement. The Board regularly

assesses the independence of each Director to ensure that each

Director has the capacity to bring independent judgement to

bear on issues before the Board and to act in the best interests

of Downer as a whole.

Downer’s governance framework requires each Director to

promptly disclose actual and possible conflicts of interest, any

interests in contracts, other directorships or offices held, related

party transactions and any dealing in the Company’s securities.

At least one Director must retire from office at each Annual

General Meeting (AGM). No Non-executive Director can

serve more than three years without offering themselves

for re-election.

The Chairman of the Board is an independent, Non-executive

Director. He is responsible for the leadership of the Board

and for the efficient organisation and functioning of the

Board. The Chairman is appointed by the Board to ensure

that a high standard of values, governance and constructive

interaction is maintained.

The Chairman facilitates the effective contribution of all

Directors and promotes constructive and respectful relations

between Directors and the Board and management. He also

represents the views of the Board to Downer’s shareholders and

conducts the AGM.

The roles of Chairman and Group CEO are not exercised by

the same person and the division of responsibilities between

the Chairman and the Group CEO have been agreed by the

Board and are set out in the Board Charter and Downer’s

Delegations Policy.

The Board has established a number of committees to assist the

Board to effectively and efficiently execute its responsibilities.

A list of the main Board Committees and their current

membership is set out in the table below.

Board CommitteeChairmanMembers

Audit and RiskS A ChaplainP S Garling

T G Handicott

N M Hollows

C G Thorne

Zero HarmC G ThorneS A Chaplain

G A Fenn

Nominations and Corporate GovernanceR M HardingS A Chaplain

T G Handicott

RemunerationT G HandicottP S Garling

R M Harding

DisclosureT G HandicottG A Fenn

R M Harding

Rail ProjectsP S GarlingG A Fenn

T G Handicott

R M Harding

Tender Risk EvaluationC G ThorneG A Fenn

T G Handicott

R M Harding

Annual Report 2018 131
The names of members of each committee, the number of

meetings and the attendances by each of the members of the

various committees to which they are appointed is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 19.

The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee’s primary purpose is

to oversee tenders and contracts that exceed the delegation

of the Group CEO. The Tender Risk Evaluation Committee,

is chaired by an independent Director and comprises five

members, including the Group CEO. Meetings of the Tender

Risk Evaluation Committee are convened as required to review

tender opportunities.

The Board has established the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee to oversee the practices for selection

and appointment of Directors of the Company.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee’s

primary purpose is to support and advise the Board on fulfilling

its responsibilities to shareholders by ensuring that the Board

is comprised of individuals who are best able to discharge the

responsibilities of Directors having regard to the law and leading

governance practice.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee

has a charter which sets out its roles and responsibilities,

composition, structure, membership requirements and the

procedures for inviting non-committee members to attend

meetings. The Nominations and Corporate Governance

Committee Charter gives the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee access to internal and external

resources, including advice from external consultants and

specialists. The Nominations and Corporate Governance

Committee Charter is available on the Downer website at

www. downergroup.com.

The Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee, all

members of which are independent Directors, is chaired by an

independent Director and has a minimum of three members.

The Committee’s responsibilities include:

–Assessing the skills and competencies required on the Board;

–Assessing the extent to which the required skills are

represented on the Board;

–Establishing processes for the review of the performance

of individual Directors and the Board as a whole;

–Establishing processes for identifying suitable candidates

for appointment to the Board (including undertaking a

formal due diligence screening process); and

–Recommending the engagement of nominated

persons as Directors.

When appointing Directors, the Nominations and Corporate

Governance Committee aims to ensure that an appropriate

balance of skills, experience, expertise and diversity is

represented on the Board. This may result in a non-executive

Director with a longer tenure remaining in office to bring that

experience and depth of understanding to matters brought

before the Board.

Given the breadth of Downer’s service offerings across a range

of markets, the Board seeks to ensure that it maintains an

appropriate range of technical skills across engineering, geology,

construction and scientific disciplines as well as professional

services when considering the appointment of a new Director.

The Board identified that the review of major tender bids and the

successful delivery of major projects in an increasingly complex

commercial environment required additional Directors with

strong financial acumen. It is for this reason that in undertaking

the selection process for its most recently appointed Director,

the Board selected a candidate with financial and accounting

qualifications and experience as a CFO and CEO of an ASX

listed company.

132 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

The chart below illustrates the balance achieved with the

current Board composition. The Company recognises the value

of diversity which has been a component of the appointment

process over the past few years.

Professional qualifications

Business and economics

Humanities

1.02.03.04.0

Professional qualifications

0.0

5.0

Technical*

Legal

*Comprises construction, engineering, metallurgy and science.

Industry experience

1.02.03.04.0

0.05.0

Professional Services*

Transport and infrastructure

Resources

*Includes banking, finance and legal.

Te n u r e

9+

3–6

1.02.03.0

0.0

6–9

0–3

Gender diversity

Gender diversity

MaleFemale

3

4

From time to time, Downer engages external specialists to assist

with the selection process as necessary, and the Chairman,

Board and Group CEO meet with candidates as part of the

appointment process.

Nominations for re-election of Directors are reviewed by the

Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee and

Directors are re-elected in accordance with the Downer

Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules.

As part of its commitment to leading corporate governance

practice, the Board undertakes improvement programs, including

externally facilitated periodic reviews of its performance and

that of its Committees and Directors. The last review was

completed during FY16.

The Company has formal induction procedures for both

Directors and senior executives. These induction procedures

have been developed to enable new Directors and senior

executives to gain an understanding of:

–Downer’s financial position, strategies, operations and risk

management policies;

–The respective rights, duties and responsibilities and roles of

the Board and senior executives; and

–Downer’s culture and values.

Directors are given an induction briefing by the Company

Secretary and an induction pack containing information about

Downer and its business, Board and Committee charters and

Downer Group policies. New Directors also meet with key senior

executives to gain an insight into the Company’s business

operations and the Downer Group structure.

Directors are encouraged to continually build on their exposure

to the Company’s business and a formal program of Director

site visits has been in place since 2009. Directors are also

encouraged to attend appropriate training and professional

development courses to update and enhance their skills

and knowledge and the Company Secretary regularly

organises governance and other continuing education

sessions for the Board.

The Board is provided with the information it needs to discharge

its responsibilities effectively. The Directors also have access to the

Company Secretary for all Board and governance-related issues

and the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is

determined by the Board. The Company Secretary is accountable

to the Board, through the Chair, on all governance matters.

Annual Report 2018 133
Principle 3: Promote ethical and

responsible decision-making

Downer’s Purpose, Promise and Pillars define the way

Downer manages its business and are the foundations

that support Downer’s culture. An overview of the Purpose,

Promise and Pillars can be found on the Downer website at

www. downergroup.com.

Downer strives to attain the highest standards of behaviour and

business ethics when engaging in corporate activity. The Downer

Standards of Business Conduct sets the ethical tone

and standards of the Company and deals with matters such as:

–Compliance with the letter and the spirit of the law;

–Workplace behaviour;

–Prohibition against bribery and corruption;

–Protection of confidential information;

–Engaging with stakeholders;

–Workplace safety;

–Diversity and inclusiveness;

–Sustainability; and

–Conflicts of interest.

Downer has a formal whistleblower policy and procedures

for reporting and investigating breaches of the Standards of

Business Conduct. This includes the Our Voice service, an

external and independent reporting service which enables

employees to anonymously report potential breaches of the

Standards of Business Conduct, including misconduct or other

unethical behaviour. Reports received through Our Voice are

investigated where appropriate, with the Company Secretary

overseeing the completion of any remedial action.

The Standards of Business Conduct applies to all officers

and employees and is available on the Downer website at

www. downergroup.com.

Downer endorses leading governance practices and has in

place policies setting out the Company’s approach to various

matters, including:

–Securities trading (stipulating ‘closed periods’ for designated

employees and a formal process which employees must

adhere to when dealing in securities);

–The Company’s disclosure obligations (including

continuous disclosure);

–Communicating with shareholders and the general

investment community; and

–Privacy.

Downer has an Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy which expands

upon the prohibition against bribery and corruption currently

contained in the Standards of Business Conduct, and which

addresses key issues such as working with government, political

donations, human rights, conducting business internationally

and gifts and benefits. As Downer has operations in foreign

jurisdictions, Downer employees are confronted by the challenges

of doing business in environments where bribery and corruption

are real risks. However, regardless of the country or culture within

which its people work, Downer is committed to compliance with

the law, as well as maintaining its reputation for ethical practice.

These policies are available on the Downer website at

www. downergroup.com.

Principle 4: Safeguard integrity

in financial reporting

The Company has in place a structure of review and

authorisation which independently verifies and safeguards

the integrity of its financial reporting.

The Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board to fulfil

its responsibilities relating to:

–The quality and integrity of the accounting, auditing

and reporting practices of the Company with a particular

focus on the qualitative aspects of financial reporting

to shareholders;

–The Company’s risk profile and risk policies; and

–The effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal

control and framework for risk management.

The Audit and Risk Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of only Non-executive Directors;

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors;

–Is chaired by an independent Chairman

(who is not the Chairman of the Board); and

–Has at least three members.

The Audit and Risk Committee comprises only independent

Directors, includes members who are financially literate and

has at least one member who has relevant qualifications

and experience.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the Audit and

Risk Committee’s role and responsibilities, composition, structure

and membership requirements and the procedures for inviting

non-committee members to attend meetings.

The Board receives assurances from the Group CEO and the

Group CFO that the declarations provided to it in relation to the

annual and half-year financial statements, in accordance with

sections 295A and 303(4) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth)

are founded on a sound system of risk management and internal

control and that the system is operating effectively in all material

respects in relation to financial reporting risks.

134 Downer EDI Limited
Corporate Governance – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Downer’s external auditor attends the Company’s AGMs and is

available to answer any questions which shareholders may have

about the conduct of the external audit for the relevant financial

year and the preparation and content of the Audit Report.

Information regarding the number of times the Audit and Risk

Committee convened in FY18, together with the individual

attendances of members at the meetings, is set out in the

Directors’ Report on page 19.

The Audit and Risk Committee Charter is available on the

Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

Principle 5: Make timely and

balanced disclosure

The Company’s Disclosure Policy sets out processes which

assist the Company to ensure that all investors have equal and

timely access to material information about the Company and

that Company announcements are factual and presented in

a clear and balanced way. A copy of the Disclosure Policy is

available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Disclosure Policy also sets out the procedures for identifying

and disclosing material and market-sensitive information in

accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and the

ASX Listing Rules.

Downer’s Disclosure Committee consists of two independent,

Non-executive Directors (one of which is the Chairman of the

Board) and the Group CEO. The Disclosure Committee oversees

disclosure of information by the Company to the market and the

general investment community.

Principle 6: Respect the rights of shareholders

Downer empowers its shareholders by:

–Communicating effectively, openly and honestly

with shareholders;

–Giving shareholders ready access to balanced and

understandable information about the Company

and its governance; and

–Making it easy for shareholders to participate

in general meetings.

The Downer Communication Policy sets out the Company’s

approach to communicating with shareholders and is available

on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Company publishes corporate information on its

website (www. downergroup.com), including Annual and Half

Year Reports, ASX announcements, investor updates and

media releases.

Downer encourages shareholder participation at AGMs through

its use of electronic communication, including by making notices

of meetings available on its website and audio casting of general

meetings and significant Group presentations.

The Directors and key members of management attend the

Company’s AGMs and are available to answer questions.

Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk

To mitigate the risks that arise through its activities, Downer has

various risk management policies and procedures in place that

cover (among other matters) interest rate management, foreign

exchange risk management, credit risk management, tendering

and contracting risk and project management.

Downer has controls at the Board, executive and business unit

levels that are designed to safeguard Downer’s interests and

ensure the integrity of reporting (including accounting, financial

reporting, environment and workplace health and safety policies

and procedures). These controls are designed to ensure that

Downer complies with legal and regulatory requirements,

as well as community standards.

Downer has a Risk Management Framework in place to

enable business risks to be identified, evaluated and managed.

The Board ratifies Downer’s approach to managing risk and

oversees Downer’s Risk Management Framework, including

the Group risk profile and the effectiveness of the systems

being implemented to manage risk. The last comprehensive

review of the Risk Management Framework was completed in

2016. However, the Board reviews the Group risk profile twice

each year, undertakes a facilitated risk workshop annually,

and considers other risk matters, such as business resilience,

tender review processes, risk appetite, and specific risk areas,

on a regular basis, as well as regular reports from senior

management, the internal audit team, and the external auditor.

Downer’s annual Sustainability Report provides a detailed overview

of Downer’s approach to managing its environmental sustainability

and social sustainability risks. The 2017 Sustainability Report is

available on the Downer website at www. downergroup.com.

The Company’s internal audit function objectively evaluates and

reports on the existence, design and operating effectiveness of

internal controls. Downer’s internal audit team is independent

of the external auditor and reports to the Audit and

Risk Committee.

Downer’s Audit and Risk Committee assists the Board in

its oversight of Downer’s risk profile and risk policies, the

effectiveness of the systems of internal control and Risk

Management Framework and Downer’s compliance with

applicable legal and regulatory obligations. The Audit and

Risk Committee Charter is available on the Downer website

at www. downergroup.com.

Management reports regularly to the Audit and Risk Committee

on the effectiveness of Downer’s management of its material

business risks and on the progress of mitigation treatments.

Annual Report 2018 135
Principle 8: Remunerate fairly and responsibly

The Board has established a Remuneration Committee and has

adopted the Remuneration Committee Charter which sets out its

role and responsibilities, composition, structure and membership

requirements and the procedures for inviting non-committee

members to attend meetings.

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and

making recommendations to the Board about:

–Executive remuneration and incentive policies;

–The remuneration, recruitment, retention, performance

measurement and termination policies and procedures for

all senior executives reporting directly to the Group CEO;

–Executive and equity-based incentive plans; and

–Superannuation arrangements and retirement payments.

Remuneration of the Group CEO, executive directors and

non-executive directors forms part of the responsibilities

of the Nominations and Corporate Governance Committee.

Downer’s remuneration policy is designed to motivate senior

executives to pursue the long-term growth and success of

the Company and prescribes a relationship between the

performance and remuneration of senior executives.

The Remuneration Committee is structured so that it:

–Consists of a majority of independent Directors;

–Is chaired by an independent Director; and

–Has at least three members.

The Executive Director is not a member of the

Remuneration Committee.

The maximum aggregate fee approved by shareholders that can

be paid to Non-executive Directors is $2.0 million per annum.

This cap was approved by shareholders on 30 October 2008.

Further details about remuneration paid to Non-executive

Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report at page 21.

Retirement benefits are not paid to Non-executive Directors.

Non-executive Directors do not participate in any equity

incentive schemes.

The remuneration structure for Executive Directors and

senior executives is designed to achieve a balance between

fixed and variable remuneration taking into account the

performance of the individual and the performance of the

Company. Executive Directors receive payment of equity-based

remuneration as short and long-term incentives.

Executive Directors and senior executives are prohibited from

entering into transactions in associated products which limit the

economic risk of participating in unvested entitlements under

any of the Company’s equity-based remuneration schemes.

Further details about the remuneration of Executive Directors

and senior executives are set out in the Remuneration Report

at page 21 and details of Downer shares beneficially owned by

Directors are provided in the Directors’ Report at page 4.

136 Downer EDI Limited
Downer shareholders

Downer had 18,599 ordinary shareholders as at 30 June 2018.

The largest shareholder, HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia)

Limited, holds 29.49% of the 594,702,512 fully paid ordinary

shares issued at that date. Downer has 16,883 shareholders

with registered addresses in Australia.

Securities exchange listing

Downer is listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

under the “Downer EDI” market call code 3965, with ASX code

DOW, and is an overseas listed issuer on the New Zealand

Exchange with the ticker code DOW NZ.

Company information

The Company’s website www. downergroup.com offers

comprehensive information about Downer and its services.

The site also contains news releases and announcements to

the ASX and NZX, financial presentations, Annual Reports,

Half Year Reports and company newsletters. Downer printed

communications for shareholders include the Annual Report

which is available on request.

Dividends

Dividends are determined by the Board having regard to a range

of circumstances within the business operations of Downer

including operating profit and capital requirements. The level

of franking on dividends is dependent on the level of taxes paid

to the Australian Taxation Office by Downer and its incorporated

joint ventures.

International shareholders can use Computershare’s Global

Payments System to receive dividend payments in the currency

of their choice at a nominal cost to the shareholder.

Dividend reinvestment plan

Downer’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) is a mechanism

to allow shareholders to increase their shareholding in the

Company without the usual costs associated with share

acquisitions, such as brokerage. Details of the DRP are available

from the Company’s website or the Easy Update website at

www. computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Share registry

Shareholders and investors seeking information about Downer

shareholdings or dividends should contact the Company’s share

registry, Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd (Computershare):

Level 5

115 Grenfell Street

Adelaide SA 5000

GPO Box 1903

Adelaide SA 5001

Tel: 1300 556 161 (within Australia)

+61 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia)

Fax: 1300 534 987 (within Australia)

+61 3 9473 2408 (outside Australia)

www. computershare.com

Shareholders must give their holder number (SRN/HIN) when

making inquiries. This number is recorded on issuer sponsored

and CHESS statements.

Updating your shareholder details

Shareholders can update their details (including bank accounts,

DRP elections, tax file numbers and email addresses) online at

www. computershare.com.au/easyupdate/dow.

Shareholders will require their holder number (SRN/HIN) and

postcode to access this site.

Tax file number information

Providing your tax file number to Downer is not compulsory.

However, for shareholders who have not supplied their tax file

number, Downer is required to deduct tax at the top marginal

rate plus Medicare levy from unfranked dividends paid to

investors residing in Australia. For more information please

contact Computershare.

Lost issuer sponsored statement

You are advised to contact Computershare immediately,

in writing, if your issuer sponsored statement has been

lost or stolen.

Information for Investors

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Annual Report 2018 137
Annual Report mailing list

Shareholders must elect to receive a Downer Annual Report

by writing to Computershare Investor Services Pty Ltd at the

address provided. Alternatively shareholders may choose to

receive this publication electronically.

Change of address

So that we can keep you informed, and protect your interests in

Downer, it is important that you inform Computershare of any

change of your registered address.

Registered office and principal

administration office

Downer EDI Limited

Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Tel: +61 2 9468 9700

Fax: +61 2 9813 8915

Auditor

KPMG

International Towers Sydney 3

300 Barangaroo Avenue

Sydney NSW 2000

Australian securities exchange information as at 30 June 2018

Number of holders of equity securities:

Ordinary share capital

594,702,512 fully paid listed ordinary shares were held by 18,599 shareholders. All issued ordinary shares carry one vote per share.

Substantial shareholders

The following shareholders have notified that they are substantial shareholders of Downer as at 30 June 2018.

Shareholders

Ordinary

shares held

% of issued

shares

AustralianSuper Pty Ltd42,508,1657.15

FIL Limited37,184,1876.25

Ausbil Investment Management Limited29,840,3765.02

Distribution of holders of quoted equity securities

Shareholder distribution of quoted equity securities as at 30 June 2018 is as follows.

Range of holdings

Number of

shareholdersShareholders %

Ordinary shares

held

Shares

%

1 – 1,00010,36855.754,463,9590.75

1,001 – 5,0006,36034.2014,644,6502.46

5,001 – 10,0001,1186.018,029,3731.35

10,001 – 100,0006903.7114,817,1932.49

100,001 and over630.34552,747,33792.95

To t a l18,599594,702,512100.00

Holding less than a marketable parcel of shares832

138 Downer EDI Limited
Twenty largest shareholders

Downer’s 20 largest shareholders of ordinary fully paid shares as at 30 June 2018 are as follows.

ShareholdersShares held% of issued shares

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 175,370,677 29.49

Chase Manhattan Nominees Limited 157,329,290 26.46

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited95,270,613 16.02

National Nominees Limited 50,006,9808 .41

BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd <Agency Lending DRP A/C>15,126,0112.54

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd <DRP>15 ,047,7572.53

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited <NT- Commonwealth Super Corp A/C> 6,386,9401.07

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd5 ,94 4,4711.00

CPU Share Plans Pty Limited 5,038,7710.85

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited <Colonial First State Inv A/C>4,674,1210.79

Argo Investments Ltd2,969,0370.50

AMP Life Ltd2,033,4480.34

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd <Harper Bernays Ltd A/C>1,894,3300.32

Equity Trustees Limited <ESF Aust Equity Portfolio>1,403,4750.24

Bond Street Custodians Limited1,312,7000.22

CS Third Nominees Pty Limited <HSBC Cust Nom AU Ltd 13 A/C>1,193,8850.20

EQT Wealth Services Limited <Common Fund 103 A/C>954,6150.16

Mr Barry Sydney Patterson + Mrs Glenice Margaret Patterson 891,6420.15

BNP Paribus Noms (NZ) Ltd <DRP>889,3870.15

eCapital Nominees Pty Limited835,7000.14

Total for top 20 shareholders544,573,850 91.58

Information for Investors – continued

for the year ended 30 June 2018

Annual Report 2018 139
This page has been intentionally left blank.This page has been intentionally left blank.

140 Downer EDI Limited
This page has been intentionally left blank.

DOWNER EDI LIMITED
Level 2, Triniti III

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

Australia

T +61 2 9468 9700

F +61 2 9813 8915

ABN 97 003 872 848

Sovereign A2 Silk is proudly made

FSC® certified by Hankuk paper

who also carry the ISO 14001 EMS

accreditation and it’s manufactured

with elemental chlorine free pulps.

www.downergroup.com
SCHOOL

HOSPITAL

HOTEL

LAUNDRYCLEANOGAS CO



Media/ASX and NZX Release

16 August 2018

FY18 GUIDANCE ACHIEVED

FY19 NPATA GUIDANCE UP 13% TO $335 MILLION

Downer EDI Limited (Downer) today announced its financial results for the 12 months to 30 June 2018. The

highlights are set out below.

 Underlying net profit after tax and before amortisation of acquired intangible assets (NPATA) of

$296.5 million, up 58.9% compared with the prior corresponding period (6.7% on a pro forma basis).


 Statutory NPATA of $117.9 million and statutory NPAT of $71.1 million.


 FY19 NPATA guidance of $335 million, representing growth of 13.0%.


 Total revenue of $12.6 billion, up 61.5% (16.7% on a pro forma basis).


 Operating cash flow of $583.3 million, representing cash conversion of 91% of earnings before interest,

tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA).


 Gearing (including Spotless) of 22.7%, down from 24.6% at 31 December 2017.


 Work-in-hand of $42.0 billion, up from $39.2 billion at 31 December 2017.


 Final dividend increased to 14 cents per share (50% franked); total FY18 dividends of 27 cents per share

(50% franked), up 12.5%.


All the figures above include 100% contribution from Spotless, before minority interests.


The references to “pro forma basis” mean that Spotless’ contribution for the period 1 July 2016 to

30 June 2017 has been included to allow comparison of the combined Downer and Spotless results as if the

acquisition of Spotless had occurred on 1 July 2016.


A reconciliation of the underlying result to the statutory result is provided on slide 7 of the Investor

Presentation.


The Chief Executive Officer of Downer, Grant Fenn, said Downer had met its guidance for the seventh

consecutive year and the company was forecasting double digit growth for the 2019 financial year.


“Revenue increased by 61.5% to $12.6 billion with growth delivered by all six of our service lines,” Mr Fenn

said. “Transport revenue increased by 31%, Rail by 38%, Utilities by 18%, EC&M by 20%, Mining by 4.5%

and Spotless by 3%.


“We have leading or strong market positions in all sectors in which we operate and there are significant

opportunity pipelines in every one of them. Our work-in-hand has increased to $42 billion and we are

targeting NPATA of $335 million for the 2019 financial year, which represents growth of 13%.”


Downer EDI Limited

ABN 97 003 872 848

Triniti Business Campus

39 Delhi Road

North Ryde NSW 2113

1800 DOWNER

www.downergroup.com


Page 2 of 2


Downer’s cash performance continued to be strong, with Group cash flow conversion of 91% of EBITDA.


“Despite the negative cash impacts of the New Royal Adelaide Hospital and substantial ‘one-off’ costs during

the year, the Group cash performance remains strong, highly predictable and reliable,” Mr Fenn said. “This is

the seventh year in which Downer’s cash flow conversion has exceeded 88% of EBITDA.”


Mr Fenn said there was good progress on the New Royal Adelaide Hospital Project. Negotiations with

Celsus and the South Australian Government are ongoing and a formal process commenced in June to

enable the parties to address the various operational and commercial issues.

Downer reports its financial results under six service lines and the performance of each service line,

compared with the previous corresponding period, is summarised below.


Transport Utilities

Total revenue of $2.82 billion, up 31% Total revenue of $1.78 billion, up 18%

EBITA of $142.9 million, up 14% EBITA of $94.8 million, up 13%

Work-in-hand of $7.4 billion Work-in-hand of $3.4 billion


Rail Engineering, Construction & Maintenance

Total revenue of $1.17 billion, up 38% Total revenue of $2.40 billion, up 20%

EBITA of $39.2 million, up 29% EBITA of $70.6 million, up 34%

Work-in-hand of $8.2 billion Work-in-hand of $2.2 billion


Mining Spotless

Total revenue of $1.36 billion, up 4.5% Total revenue of $3.10 billion, up 3%

EBITA of $50.4 million, down 40% EBITA of $167.7 million, down 2%

Work-in-hand of $2.8 billion Work-in-hand of $18.0 billion

Safety

Downer continues to perform well against key health and safety indicators with a Lost Time Injury Frequency

Rate of 0.78 per million hours worked and a Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate of 3.27 per million

hours worked.

Dividend

The Downer Board resolved to pay a final dividend of 14.0 cents per share, 50% franked, (12.0 cents per

share fully franked in the prior corresponding period) payable on 27 September 2018 to shareholders on the

register at 30 August 2018. The unfranked portion of the dividend (50%) will be paid out of Conduit Foreign

Income. The company’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) remains suspended and will not operate for this

dividend.

For further information please contact:

Michael Sharp, Group Head of Corporate Affairs and Investor Relations +61 439 470 145


About Downer

Downer is the leading provider of integrated services in Australia and New Zealand and customers are at the heart of

everything it does. It exists to create and sustain the modern environment and its promise is to work closely with its

customers to help them succeed, using world-leading insights and solutions to design, build and sustain assets,

infrastructure and facilities. Downer employs approximately 56,000 people across more than 300 sites, primarily in

Australia and New Zealand, but also in the Asia-Pacific region, South America and Southern Africa. It also owns 88 per

cent of Spotless Group Holdings Limited. For more information visit downergroup.com

Highlights
Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

2

Underlying NPATA up 58.9% to $296.5m

Up 6.7% on a pro forma basis

1

Guidance met for seventh consecutive year

Revenue

2

up 61.5% to $12.6bn (up 16.7% on a pro forma basis)

Final dividend increased to 14cps (27cps for FY18, up 12.5%)

FY19 NPATA guidance $335m, up 13.0%

Significant opportunity pipelines across all sectors

Leading or strong market positions in all sectors

Includes increased investment in strategic bids

Cash flow conversion of 91% of EBITDA

Reliable and predictable cash-focused service business

Spotless conversion of 92% (excluding nRAH)

Downer focus and systems having a significant positive impact

Strong balance sheet and liquidity

Gearing (including Spotless) reduced to 22.7%

3

, down from 24.6%

at 31 December 2017

Spotless debt facilities of $1.05bn refinanced on significantly

improved terms (average duration now at 3.2 years)

Downer refinanced $400m of syndicated loans and issued an

equivalent of $120m in 15yr JPY notes

Undrawn funding capacity and cash in excess of $1.5bn

Work in hand

4

increased to $42.0 billion

Downer $24.0bn, up from $21.7bn at 31 December 2017

Spotless $18.0bn, up from $17.5bn at 31 December 2017

>75% of revenue secured for FY19

Strong weighted pipeline

Statutory NPAT of $71.1m and NPATA of

$117.9m

•All figures above include 100% contribution from Spotless, before minority interest.

•Downer’s statutory results are reported under International Financial Reporting Standards. NPATA is a non-IFRS measure. Downer’samortisation of acquired intangibles (including

Spotless) has a material impact on reported earnings. Amortisation is a non-cash charge and management believes that the exclusion of the amortisation of acquired intangibles from NPAT

better reflects the underlying performance of Downer. A full reconciliation from underlying to statutory results is provided on slide 7.

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
3

Underlying trading performance

$mFY18

Pro forma

1

FY17

Change

Statutory

(%)

Change

Pro forma

(%)

Tot al revenue

2

12,620.210,818.661.516.7

EBITDA783.1762.357.22.7

EBITA

5

479.6457.068.24.9

EBIT412.9439.348.6(6.0)

Netint er estexpense(76.3)(69.1)(>100)(10.4)

Taxexpense(86.9)(104.6)(25.0)16.9

Netpr ofitaf tertax249.7265.637.6(6.0)

N PATA

5

296.5277.958.96.7

EBITA margin3.8%

Effective taxrat e25.8%

ROFE

6

11.5%

Dividenddeclared(cps )27.0

Ordinary dividend payoutratio

7

55.7%

Revenue of $12.6bn with increases

in all Divisions

Transport revenue +31%, Utilities

+18%, Rail +38%, EC&M +20%,

Spotless +3% and Mining +4.5%

EBITA margin improvement in

Transport, Rail, Mining and

Spotless from HY18 with EC&M

and Utilities steady

Net interest expense increased by

$7m reflecting transaction related

interest costs

Dividends up 12.5% to 27cps

Reconciliation of underlying to

statutory result on slide 7

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
4

Operating cash flow

Seventh year of cash flow

conversion in excess of 88% of

EBITDA

Despite the negative cash impacts of

nRAHand substantial “one off” costs

during the year, Downer Group cash

performance remains strong,

predictable and reliable

Spotless conversion 92% of EBITDA

(excluding nRAH)

Downer focus and systems are

having a significant positive impact

on Spotless’ cash management

$mFY18

Pro forma

1

FY17

EBIT412.9439.3

Add: depreciationandamortisation370.2323.0

EBITDA783.1762.3

Operatingcashflow583.3632.2

Add: Netint erestpaid

8

70.259.9

Taxpaid56.056.7

Adjustedoperatingcashflow709.5748.8

EBITDA conversion90.6%98.2%

Spotless
Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

5

Underlying NPATA of $94 million, in line with 27

November 2017 market update

Improved cash flow and EBITDA conversion

$1.45 billion of contract renewals and extensions

$500 million of new customers in core markets (e.g.

Perth Zoo, Victorian schools cleaning, ANU student

accommodation)

>$100 million of work secured through joint bidding

(e.g. Victorian Police HQ, Ballarat Energy Storage

Project)

>$150 million of revenue leakage captured (e.g. train

cleaning, NBN linework, Downer office and depot FM)

Substantial investment in management and capability

Good progress on nRAH. Negotiations with Celsus

and the South Australian Government are ongoing and

a formal process commenced in June to enable the

parties to address the various operational and

commercial issues.

Group
Financials

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
7

Reconciliation of underlying to statutory result

FY18

$m

EBIT

Net interest

expense

Tax

expense

N PAT

Add back

amortisation

of acquired

intangibles

post-tax

FY18

N PATA

HY18

N PATA

Underlying result412.9(76.3)(86.9)249.746.8296.5132.0

Loss on divestment of freight rail

i

(50.2)-9.6(40.6)-(40.6)(40.0)

Mining goodwill impairment

ii

(76.4)--(76.4)-(76.4)(76.4)

Auburn rail claim

iii

(25.0)-7.5(17.5)-(17.5)-

Spotless integration and residual

Strategy Reset costs

iv

(28.0)(4.8)8.7(24.1)-(24.1)(9.9)

Divisional merger costs

v

(28.5)-8.5(20.0)-(20.0)-

Individually Significant Items(208.1)(4.8)34.3(178.6)-(178.6)(126.3)

Statutory result204.8(81.1)(52.6)71.146.8117.95.7

•Downer’s statutory results are reported under International Financial Reporting Standards. Earnings before individually signific ant items (ISI) is a non-IFRS measure reported to provide a greater understanding of the underlying business performance of the Group. ISI

are detailed in Note B2(b) of the Full Year Financial Report and relate to amounts of expense that are associated with business disposal, impairment of goodwill, Auburn Rail claim, Divisional merge costs and Spotless related transactions.

i.Announced on 21 November 2017 and the 2018 half year results.

ii.Announced on 5 February 2018 and the 2018 half year results.

iii.Announced on 20 March 2018.

iv.Announced on 27 November 2017.

v.Divisional merger costs incurred across the Group following the creation of Mining, Energy and Industrial

(MEI) and Transport and Infrastructure (TI) Divisions. These costs include senior management redundancies,

surplus lease provisions and asset write-offs arising from systems integration.

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
Cash flow

Net capital expenditure increased as a

result of new Mining equipment and Rail

projects

Continued investment in bolt-on acquisitions

in Utilities, Transport and Defence

Business Transformation Program

completion on budget

Downer dividend increased from 24cps to

27cps (50% franked)

Continued strong liquidity to fund future

growth

8

$mFY18

Pro forma

1

FY17

Total operating

583.3

632.2

Netcapital expenditur e

(360.7)

(261.0)

Spotless acquisition

9

(391.8)

(636.1)

Otherac quisitions

(84.1)

(167.1)

Proceeds on sale of business

and assets

134.1

10.4

IT Transformationandother

(27.1)

(37.2)

Total investing

(729.6)

(1,091.0)

Issue of shares (netof costs)

(0.2)

989.9

Netproc eeds / (repayment) of

borrowings

69.2

(63.2)

Dividendspaid

(156.7)

(180.3)

Total financing

(87.7)

746.4

Net(decrease) / increase in

cashheld

(234.0)

287.6

Cashat 30June

606.2

844.6

Total liquidity

1,531.2

2,034.6

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
9

Group debt facility maturity profile

MetricJune 2018June 2017

Interestcover

10

6.3x10.0x

AdjustedNet Debt/ adjustedEBITDAR

11

2.2x2.4x

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Jun-19Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

A$m

Pre Refinance

Syndicated bank facilitiesEquity BridgeBilateral bank facilitiesA$ MTNUSPPOther

Weighted average debt

duration increased from

2.3 years to 4.0 years

i

i. Based on the weighted average life of debt facilities (by A$mlimit) at 31 December 2017 compared to 30 June 2018

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

800

900

1000

Jun-19Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

A$m

Post Refinance

Syndicated bank facilitiesBilateral bank facilitiesA$ MTNUSPPJPY MTNOther

10
AASB 15

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

Effective from 1 July 2018, new disclosure from FY19 onwards

Downer has elected to apply the “cumulative approach”- no restatement of FY18 comparatives

Most significant change is introduction of a “highly probable” threshold for revenue recognition

This affects Downer’s net assets and opening retained earnings from FY19

No impact on cash flow

No impact on lifetime profitability of contracts –it is a timing impact

Key areas:

̶contract modifications (claims and variations)

̶contract costs (tender costs)

̶performance obligations and measure of progress

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
11

AASB 15 – impact on Downer

Reduction in net assets and opening retained

earnings on 1 July 2018 (FY19)

Preliminary impact included in Note G1 of the

FY18 Financial Report

Contract modification adjustment includes

various claims and variations including in

relation to Tan Burrup and nRAH

FY19 outlook takes into account AASB15

$m

Estimated adjustment

at 1 July 2018

(after tax)

Contract modifications (claims and

variations)

198.9

Contract costs (tender costs)23.9

Change in performance obligations and

measure of progress

29.3

Decrease in opening retained earnings252.1

Note:

•Estimated adjustment figures are preliminary and as processes and procedures are further embedded during FY19 it is possible that some changes may result.

Outlook

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
Market outlook – Australia

Road construction will drive increased

project work, road surfacing and

bituminous product supply

Downer will continue to benefit from

significant State Government

investment in public transport and in

particular light and heavy rail

NBN volumes will stay strong for FY19

and will start to decline in FY20. This

will be replaced in part by investment

in 5G, Wireless and other smart city

innovations

Growth in Utilities in the short term will

be dominated by renewable projects.

Water, gas and power distribution will

continue to grow and we expect major

investment in the nation’s

transmission grid to deal with the

requirements of renewable and

storage capacity

13

Transport and

Infrastructure

Roads and

Bridges

RailTelco

Water and

Wastewater

Electricity

(AUD $m)

Construct

Maintain

Construct

Maintain

Build

& Repair

Construct

Maintain

Construct

Maintain

Construct

Maintain

2017 Size

$18,660$6,375$4,515$1,544$2,507$11,187$1,726$4,720$2,285$7,651$2,874

2022 Size

$20,710$7,332$8,263$1,706$2,810$6,687$1,873$5,191$2,502$8,056$2,936

CAGR

2.1%2.8%12.8%2.0%2.3%-9.8%1.6%1.9%1.8%1.0%0.4%

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
Market outlook – Australia (continued)

Population growth and

government outsourcing will

drive substantial growth in social

infrastructure opportunities

across most Australian States in

Health, Education and other

government services

Increased investment in

transport infrastructure

represents a significant

opportunity in hard FM

Defencerelated services will

remain strong with opportunities

to extend service scope

14

Facilities

Services

General

Industry

Transport

and Infra.

Health

Resources

& Energy

Govt.Education

Leisure,

Sport &

Entertain.

Defence

(AUD $m)

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard +

Soft FM

Hard FM

2017 Size

$3,717$3,416$3,380$4,246$4,152$1,691$923$2,400

2022 Size

$3,633$4,459$4,660$4,410$4,457$2,126$1,034$2,700

CAGR

-0.5%5.5%6.6%0.8%1.4%4.7%2.3%2.4%

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
Market outlook – Australia (continued)

Expectation of growth has

returned to bulk commodities,

base metals and precious

minerals. Increased demand for

mining capacity and equipment

Strong growth expected in our

minerals processing business

Decline in Oil & Gas construction

is partially offset by strong growth

in maintenance – though at lower

volumes

Increased investment in iron ore

greenfield and brownfield

expansion and optimisation

15

Mining, Energy

and Industrial

Iron OreCoalOil & Gas

Copper, Gold,

Silver-Lead-Zinc

& Mineral Sands

(AUD $m)

Construct

ContractMaintain

Construct

ContractMaintain

Construct

ContractMaintain

Construct

ContractMaintain

2017 Size

$1,407$3,634$717$2,459$4,474$2,682$31,772$1,695$1,335$2,162$2,227$1,425

2022 Size

$2,935$3,858$908$2,877$4,914$3,118$15,562$2,585$4,700$2,324$2,472$1,687

CAGR

15.8%1.2%4.9%3.2%1.9%3.1%-13.3%8.8%28.6%1.5%2.1%3.4%

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
Market outlook – New Zealand

Road construction to reduce in the

short term with strong growth in rail

and light rail associated with the

Government shift from road

investments to public transport

schemes. Opportunities for Downer

in both construction and operations

Road network management and

related maintenance to remain

strong

Moderate growth across Utilities

related to greater levels of

contestability and outsourcing

Non-residential commercial building

will remain strong with significant

demand for Hawkins’ services

16

New Zealand

Roads and

Bridges

RailTelco

Water and

Wastewater

Electricity

Non-

Resi

Building

(NZD $m)

Construct

Maintain

ConstructConstructConstruct

Maintain

Construct

Maintain

Construct

2017 Size

$1,776$1,094$234$1,599$1,428$325$1,090$483$8,386

2022 Size

$1,498$1,055$670$1,675$1,316$366$1,246$505$8,174

CAGR

-3.3%-0.7%23.4%0.9%-1.6%2.4%2.7%0.9%-0.5%

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
17

Work-in-hand $42.0 billion

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

TransportUtilitiesEC&MMiningRailSpotless

Dec-17Jun-18

A$ billion

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
18

Outlook

Downer is targeting

consolidated net profit

after tax and before

amortisation of acquired

intangible assets (NPATA)

of $335 million before

minority interests

$mFY19 Outlook

NPAT291

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets (post-tax)44

N PATA335

Supplementary
information

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
20

Segment reporting

FY18

$m

Transport

Rail

Utilities

Spotless

EC&MMiningUnallocatedTotal

Segment revenue

2,743.2732.01,783.03,093.72,382.91,309.4(13.3)

12

12,030.9

Share of sales from JVs and

Associates

73.8437.2-8.121.249.0-589.3

Total revenue

2

2,817.01,169.21,783.03,101.82,404.11,358.4(13.3)12,620.2

EBITDA

187.149.1115.0251.684.1177.0(80.8)783.1

EBITA

5

142.939.294.8167.770.650.4(86.0)479.6

EBIT

142.539.292.7156.765.650.4(134.2)412.9

Individually Significant Items

------(208.1)(208.1)

Statutory EBIT

142.539.292.7156.765.650.4(342.3)204.8

EBITA margin

5.1%3.4%5.3%5.4%2.9%3.7%3.8%

Net interest expense

(81.1)

Tax expense

(52.6)

Net profit after tax

71.1

Underlying NPAT

13

249.7

Underlying NPATA

5

296.5

21
Service lines

EBITA

5

$m

142.9

124.9

0

25

50

75

100

125

150

FY18FY17

EBITA margin

5.1%

4.5%

5.8%

0.0%

1.0%

2.0%

3.0%

4.0%

5.0%

6.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total revenue

2

$m

2,817.0

2,153.4

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

24.2%

22.2%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

FY18FY17

Transport

EBITA

5

$m

39.2

30.3

0

10

20

30

40

50

FY18FY17

EBITA margin

3.4%

3.3%

3.6%

0.0%

1.0%

2.0%

3.0%

4.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total revenue

2

$m

1,169.2

850.2

0

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

12.0%

7.3%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

FY18FY17

Rail

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

22
Service lines (continued)

EBITA

5

$m

94.8

84.1

0

20

40

60

80

100

FY18FY17

EBITA margin

5.3%

5.4%

5.5%

0.0%

1.0%

2.0%

3.0%

4.0%

5.0%

6.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total revenue

2

$m

1,783.0

1,517.3

0

250

500

750

1,000

1,250

1,500

1,750

2,000

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

26.1%

22.7%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

FY18FY17

Utilities

Underlying EBITA

5

$m

167.7

171.8

0

50

100

150

200

FY18FY17

Underlying EBITA margin

5.4%

5.1%

5.7%

0.0%

1.0%

2.0%

3.0%

4.0%

5.0%

6.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total underlying revenue

2

$m

3,101.8

3,006.3

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

14.1%

12.1%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

16%

FY18FY17

Spotless

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

23
Service lines (continued)

EBITA

5

$m

70.6

52.6

0

20

40

60

80

FY18FY17

EBITA margin

2.9%

3.0%

2.6%

0.0%

1.0%

2.0%

3.0%

4.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total revenue

2

$m

2,404.1

2,004.3

0

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

27.0%

23.0%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

FY18FY17

Engineering, Construction & Maintenance

EBITA

5

$m

50.4

83.4

0

20

40

60

80

100

FY18FY17

EBITA margin

3.7%

3.0%

6.4%

0.0%

2.0%

4.0%

6.0%

8.0%

FY18HY18FY17

Total revenue

2

$m

1,358.4

1,300.2

0

250

500

750

1,000

1,250

1,500

FY18FY17

ROFE

6

8.6%

13.2%

0%

2%

4%

6%

8%

10%

12%

14%

FY18FY17

Mining

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
24

Debt and bonding facilities

Debt facilities $mDOWSPOGroup

Total limit1,408.71,062.52,471.2

Drawn(713.7)(832.5)(1,546.2)

Available695.0230.0925.0

Cash515.091.2606.2

Total liquidity1,210.0321.21,531.2

Net debt

14

198.7741.3940.0

Bonding facilities $mDOWSPOGroup

Total limit1,735.9180.01,915.9

Drawn(1,194.7)(146.9)(1,341.6)

Available541.233.1574.3

Debt facilities by type%

Syndicated bank facilities 61

Medium term notes21

Bilateral bank facilities10

Private placement notes7

Other1

100

Debt facilities bygeography%

Australia / NZ82

North America7

Asia

15

10

Europe

15

1

100

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
25

Debt maturity profile – Downer only

(by limit as at 30 June 2018)

Note:

•The maturity profile is based on contractual facility maturity dates.

•The maturity profile above excludes debt that has been assumed pursuant to the consolidation of Spotless .

•Weighted average debt duration = 4.5 years (December 2017 = 3.2 years).

•Undrawn $695m as at 30 June 2018.

0

100

200

300

400

500

Jun-19Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22Jun-23Jun-24Jun-25Jun-26Jun-27Jun-28Jun-29Jun-30Jun-31Jun-32Jun-33

A$m Equivalent

Syndicated bank facilities

JPY MTN

A$MTN

USPP

Bilateral bank facilities

ECA finance

Finance leases

Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation
26

Debt maturity profile – Spotless only

(by limit as at 30 June 2018)

Note:

•The maturity profile is based on contractual facility maturity dates.

•Weighted average debt duration = 3.2 years (December 2017 = 1.7 years).

•Debt covenants include adjustments to EBITDA as permitted under the facility documentation

2.9x

2.9x

2.8x

FY171HFY18FY18

DEBT COVENANTS

Net Leverage

< 3.5x

Interest Cover

7.3x7.3x

7.5x

FY171HFY18FY18

> 3.0x

Covenant

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

Jun-19Jun-20Jun-21Jun-22

A$m Equivalent

Finance leasesSyndicated bank facilityBilateral bank facilities

Notes
Downer FY18 Results Investor Presentation

27

1.References to ‘pro forma basis’ mean that Spotless’ contribution for the period 1 July 2016 to 30 June 2017 has been includedto allow comparison of the combined

Downer and Spotless results as if the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2016. Includes statutory FY17 for Downer and underlying FY17 for Spotless.

2.Total revenue is a non-statutory disclosure and includes revenue from joint ventures and other alliances and other income.

3.Gearing = Net debt / net debt + equity.

4.Work-in-hand numbers are unaudited.

5.Downer calculates EBITA and NPATA by adjusting EBIT and NPAT to add back acquired intangible assets amortisation expense. Group FY18: $66.7m, $46.8m after-

tax (FY17: $17.7m, $12.3m after-tax).

6.ROFE = EBITA divided by average funds employed (AFE); AFE = Average Opening and Closing Net Debt + Equity.

7.Ordinary dividend payout ratio = Dividends divided by (NPATA – ROADS dividend).

8.Interestandothercosts of finance paidminusint erestreceived.

9.The amount represents gross consideration paid to achieve 87.8% interest in Spotless.

10.June 2018 Interest cover = underlying EBITA divided by underlying net interest expense. The reduction in the interest cover rati o is primarily due to the consolidation of

Spotless’ interest expense for a full 12 months.

11.Adjusted NetDebtincludesNetDebtplus6xoperatingleaseexpensesin theyear. Adjusted EBITDARequalsunderlyingearningsbeforeint erest, tax, depreciation,

amortisationandoperatingleaseexpense(ona pro formarolling12 monthbasis).

12.Includes intra-company eliminations andother income

13.Downer calculates Underlying NPAT by adjusting NPAT by post-tax individually significant items of $178.6m.

14.Adjusted for themark-to-market of deriva tives anddeferred finance charges.

15.Includes A$ Medium Term Notes sold to Asian and European domiciled investors measured at financial close of the transaction.

Thank you

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 1

Rules 4.7.3 and 4.10.3

1


Appendix 4G

Key to Disclosures

Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

Introduced 01/07/14 Amended 02/11/15

Name of entity

Downer EDI Limited

ABN / ARBN


Financial year ended:

97 003 872 848 30 June 2018


Our corporate governance statement

2

for the above period above can be found at:

3




These pages of our annual report: Pages 127 to 135


This URL on our website:

The Corporate Governance Statement is accurate and up to date as at [insert effective date of

statement] and has been approved by the board.

The annexure includes a key to where our corporate governance disclosures can be located.

Date: 16 August 2018

Name of Director or Secretary authorising

lodgement:

Peter John Tompkins



1

Under Listing Rule 4.7.3, an entity must lodge with ASX a completed Appendix 4G at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX.

Listing Rule 4.10.3 requires an entity that is included in the official list as an ASX Listing to include in its annual report either a

corporate governance statement that meets the requirements of that rule or the URL of the page on its website where such a

statement is located. The corporate governance statement must disclose the extent to which the entity has followed the

recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council during the reporting period. If the entity has not followed a

recommendation for any part of the reporting period, its corporate governance statement must separately identify that

recommendation and the period during which it was not followed and state its reasons for not following the recommendation and

what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendation during that period.

Under Listing Rule 4.7.4, if an entity chooses to include its corporate governance statement on its website rather than in its

annual report, it must lodge a copy of the corporate governance statement with ASX at the same time as it lodges its annual

report with ASX. The corporate governance statement must be current as at the effective date specified in that statement for the

purposes of rule 4.10.3.

2

“Corporate governance statement” is defined in Listing Rule 19.12 to mean the statement referred to in Listing Rule 4.10.3

which discloses the extent to which an entity has followed the recommendations set by the ASX Corporate Governance Council

during a particular reporting period.

3

Mark whichever option is correct and then complete the page number(s) of the annual report, or the URL of the web page,

where the entity’s corporate governance statement can be found. You can, if you wish, delete the option which is not applicable.

Throughout this form, where you are given two or more options to select, you can, if you wish, delete any option which is not

applicable and just retain the option that is applicable. If you select an option that includes “OR” at the end of the selection and

you delete the other options, you can also, if you wish, delete the “OR” at the end of the selection.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 2

ANNEXURE – KEY TO CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DISCLOSURES


Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 1 – LAY SOLID FOUNDATIONS FOR MANAGEMENT AND OVERSIGHT

1.1

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) the respective roles and responsibilities of its board and

management; and

(b) those matters expressly reserved to the board and those

delegated to management.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and information about the respective roles and responsibilities of

our board and management (including those matters expressly

reserved to the board and those delegated to management):

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board-

Charter.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.2

A listed entity should:

(a) undertake appropriate checks before appointing a person, or

putting forward to security holders a candidate for election,

as a director; and

(b) provide security holders with all material information in its

possession relevant to a decision on whether or not to elect

or re-elect a director.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.3

A listed entity should have a written agreement with each director

and senior executive setting out the terms of their appointment.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.4

The company secretary of a listed entity should be accountable

directly to the board, through the chair, on all matters to do with the

proper functioning of the board.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable



4

If you have followed all of the Council’s recommendations in full for the whole of the period above, you can, if you wish, delete this column from the form and re-format it.

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 3

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


1.5

A listed entity should:

(a) have a diversity policy which includes requirements for the

board or a relevant committee of the board to set

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity and to

assess annually both the objectives and the entity’s progress

in achieving them;

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it; and

(c) disclose as at the end of each reporting period the

measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by

the board or a relevant committee of the board in accordance

with the entity’s diversity policy and its progress towards

achieving them and either:

(1) the respective proportions of men and women on the

board, in senior executive positions and across the

whole organisation (including how the entity has defined

“senior executive” for these purposes); or

(2) if the entity is a “relevant employer” under the Workplace

Gender Equality Act, the entity’s most recent “Gender

Equality Indicators”, as defined in and published under

that Act.

... the fact that we have a diversity policy that complies with

paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of our diversity policy or a summary of it:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_P

olicies/Group-Diversity-and-Inclusiveness-Policy.pdf


... and the measurable objectives for achieving gender diversity set by

the board or a relevant committee of the board in accordance with our

diversity policy and our progress towards achieving them:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraphs (c)(1) or (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.6

A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of the board, its committees and individual

directors; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether a

performance evaluation was undertaken in the reporting

period in accordance with that process.

... the evaluation process referred to in paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


1.7

A listed entity should:

(a) have and disclose a process for periodically evaluating the

performance of its senior executives; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether a

performance evaluation was undertaken in the reporting

period in accordance with that process.

... the evaluation process referred to in paragraph (a):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 4

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 2 - STRUCTURE THE BOARD TO ADD VALUE

2.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a nomination committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a nomination committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs to address board

succession issues and to ensure that the board has the

appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, experience,

independence and diversity to enable it to discharge its

duties and responsibilities effectively.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a nomination committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/pdf/Nomination-and

Corporate-Governance-Committee-Charter.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a nomination committee and the

processes we employ to address board succession issues and to

ensure that the board has the appropriate balance of skills,

knowledge, experience, independence and diversity to enable it to

discharge its duties and responsibilities effectively:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.2

A listed entity should have and disclose a board skills matrix

setting out the mix of skills and diversity that the board currently

has or is looking to achieve in its membership.

... our board skills matrix:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 5

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


2.3

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) the names of the directors considered by the board to be

independent directors;

(b) if a director has an interest, position, association or

relationship of the type described in Box 2.3 but the board

is of the opinion that it does not compromise the

independence of the director, the nature of the interest,

position, association or relationship in question and an

explanation of why the board is of that opinion; and

(c) the length of service of each director.

... the names of the directors considered by the board to be

independent directors:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

... and, where applicable, the information referred to in paragraph (b):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

... and the length of service of each director:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

2.4

A majority of the board of a listed entity should be independent

directors.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.5

The chair of the board of a listed entity should be an independent

director and, in particular, should not be the same person as the

CEO of the entity.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


2.6

A listed entity should have a program for inducting new directors

and provide appropriate professional development opportunities

for directors to develop and maintain the skills and knowledge

needed to perform their role as directors effectively.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 6

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 3 – ACT ETHICALLY AND RESPONSIBLY

3.1

A listed entity should:

(a) have a code of conduct for its directors, senior executives

and employees; and

(b) disclose that code or a summary of it.

... our code of conduct or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_Po

andards-of-Business-Conduct.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 7

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 4 – SAFEGUARD INTEGRITY IN CORPORATE REPORTING

4.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have an audit committee which:

(1) has at least three members, all of whom are non-

executive directors and a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director, who is not the

chair of the board,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the relevant qualifications and experience of the

members of the committee; and

(5) in relation to each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have an audit committee, disclose that fact

and the processes it employs that independently verify and

safeguard the integrity of its corporate reporting, including

the processes for the appointment and removal of the

external auditor and the rotation of the audit engagement

partner.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have an audit committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2018/PDF/B

oard/2018_06_20_Audit_and_Risk_Committee_Charter_websit

e_version.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Directors’ Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have an audit committee and the processes

we employ that independently verify and safeguard the integrity of our

corporate reporting, including the processes for the appointment and

removal of the external auditor and the rotation of the audit

engagement partner:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


4.2

The board of a listed entity should, before it approves the entity’s

financial statements for a financial period, receive from its CEO

and CFO a declaration that, in their opinion, the financial records

of the entity have been properly maintained and that the financial

statements comply with the appropriate accounting standards

and give a true and fair view of the financial position and

performance of the entity and that the opinion has been formed

on the basis of a sound system of risk management and internal

control which is operating effectively.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 8

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


4.3

A listed entity that has an AGM should ensure that its external

auditor attends its AGM and is available to answer questions

from security holders relevant to the audit.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity that does not hold an

annual general meeting and this recommendation is therefore

not applicable


PRINCIPLE 5 – MAKE TIMELY AND BALANCED DISCLOSURE

5.1

A listed entity should:

(a) have a written policy for complying with its continuous

disclosure obligations under the Listing Rules; and

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it.

... our continuous disclosure compliance policy or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_

Policies/Disclosure-Policy.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


PRINCIPLE 6 – RESPECT THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS

6.1

A listed entity should provide information about itself and its

governance to investors via its website.

... information about us and our governance on our website:

☒ at

https://www.downergroup.com/corporate-governance




☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

6.2

A listed entity should design and implement an investor relations

program to facilitate effective two-way communication with

investors.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at


https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Board_

Policies/Communication-Policy.pdf

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

6.3

A listed entity should disclose the policies and processes it has in

place to facilitate and encourage participation at meetings of

security holders.

... our policies and processes for facilitating and encouraging

participation at meetings of security holders:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity that does not hold

periodic meetings of security holders and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 9

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


6.4

A listed entity should give security holders the option to receive

communications from, and send communications to, the entity

and its security registry electronically.

... the fact that we follow this recommendation:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Information for Investors

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

PRINCIPLE 7 – RECOGNISE AND MANAGE RISK

7.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a committee or committees to oversee risk, each of

which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a risk committee or committees that

satisfy (a) above, disclose that fact and the processes it

employs for overseeing the entity’s risk management

framework.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a committee or committees to oversee risk

that comply with paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at


https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/media/2018/PDF/B

oard/2018_06_20_Audit_and_Risk_Committee_Charter_websit

e_version.pdf


... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at [insert location]

Corporate Governance Statement

2018 Annual Report –Director’s Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a risk committee or committees that

satisfy (a) and the processes we employ for overseeing our risk

management framework:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 10

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


7.2

The board or a committee of the board should:

(a) review the entity’s risk management framework at least

annually to satisfy itself that it continues to be sound; and

(b) disclose, in relation to each reporting period, whether such

a review has taken place.

... the fact that board or a committee of the board reviews the entity’s

risk management framework at least annually to satisfy itself that it

continues to be sound:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and that such a review has taken place in the reporting period

covered by this Appendix 4G:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

7.3

A listed entity should disclose:

(a) if it has an internal audit function, how the function is

structured and what role it performs; or

(b) if it does not have an internal audit function, that fact and

the processes it employs for evaluating and continually

improving the effectiveness of its risk management and

internal control processes.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... how our internal audit function is structured and what role it

performs:

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have an internal audit function and the

processes we employ for evaluating and continually improving the

effectiveness of our risk management and internal control processes:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement


7.4

A listed entity should disclose whether it has any material

exposure to economic, environmental and social sustainability

risks and, if it does, how it manages or intends to manage those

risks.

... whether we have any material exposure to economic,

environmental and social sustainability risks and, if we do, how we

manage or intend to manage those risks:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

2018 Annual Report – Review of Operations; and

2017 Sustainability report at this location:

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/Documents/Sustai

nability_Reports/2017/DOW0036_Sustainability_Report_2017

_FA2_web.pdf


☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 11

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


PRINCIPLE 8 – REMUNERATE FAIRLY AND RESPONSIBLY

8.1

The board of a listed entity should:

(a) have a remuneration committee which:

(1) has at least three members, a majority of whom are

independent directors; and

(2) is chaired by an independent director,

and disclose:

(3) the charter of the committee;

(4) the members of the committee; and

(5) as at the end of each reporting period, the number of

times the committee met throughout the period and

the individual attendances of the members at those

meetings; or

(b) if it does not have a remuneration committee, disclose that

fact and the processes it employs for setting the level and

composition of remuneration for directors and senior

executives and ensuring that such remuneration is

appropriate and not excessive.

[If the entity complies with paragraph (a):]

... the fact that we have a remuneration committee that complies with

paragraphs (1) and (2):

☒ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

... and a copy of the charter of the committee:

☐ at

https://www.downergroup.com/Content/cms/pdf/Remuneration-

Committee-Charter.pdf

... and the information referred to in paragraphs (4) and (5):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at

Corporate Governance Statement

2018 Annual Report –Director’s Report

[If the entity complies with paragraph (b):]

... the fact that we do not have a remuneration committee and the

processes we employ for setting the level and composition of

remuneration for directors and senior executives and ensuring that

such remuneration is appropriate and not excessive:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR


☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation is

therefore not applicable


8.2

A listed entity should separately disclose its policies and

practices regarding the remuneration of non-executive directors

and the remuneration of executive directors and other senior

executives.

... separately our remuneration policies and practices regarding the

remuneration of non-executive directors and the remuneration of

executive directors and other senior executives:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Remuneration Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable

Appendix 4G
Key to Disclosures Corporate Governance Council Principles and Recommendations

+ See chapter 19 for defined terms

2 November 2015 Page 12

Corporate Governance Council recommendation We have followed the recommendation in full for the whole of the

period above. We have disclosed ...

We have NOT followed the recommendation in full for the whole

of the period above. We have disclosed ...

4


8.3

A listed entity which has an equity-based remuneration scheme

should:

(a) have a policy on whether participants are permitted to

enter into transactions (whether through the use of

derivatives or otherwise) which limit the economic risk of

participating in the scheme; and

(b) disclose that policy or a summary of it.

... our policy on this issue or a summary of it:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☒ at 2018 Annual Report – Remuneration Report

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement OR

☐ w e do not have an equity-based remuneration scheme and this

recommendation

is therefore not applicable OR

☐ we are an externally managed entity and this recommendation

is therefore not applicable


ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES APPLICABLE TO EXTERNALLY MANAGED LISTED ENTITIES

-

Alternative to Recommendation 1.1 for externally managed listed

entities:

The responsible entity of an externally managed listed entity

should disclose:

(a) the arrangements between the responsible entity and the

listed entity for managing the affairs of the listed entity;

(b) the role and responsibility of the board of the responsible

entity for overseeing those arrangements.


... the information referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b):

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

-

Alternative to Recommendations 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 for externally

managed listed entities:

An externally managed listed entity should clearly disclose the

terms governing the remuneration of the manager.


... the terms governing our remuneration as manager of the entity:

☐ in our Corporate Governance Statement OR

☐ at [insert location]

☐ an explanation why that is so in our Corporate Governance

Statement

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.